1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced 11 // by the C type system. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h" 26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" 35 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 36 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" 37 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 38 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" 39 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 40 #include <limits> 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 45 unsigned ByteNo) const { 46 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(), 47 PP.getLangOpts(), PP.getTargetInfo()); 48 } 49 50 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number. 51 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error. 52 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) { 53 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs(); 54 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false; 55 56 if (argCount < desiredArgCount) 57 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 58 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount 59 << call->getSourceRange(); 60 61 // Highlight all the excess arguments. 62 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(), 63 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd()); 64 65 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 66 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount 67 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange(); 68 } 69 70 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer 71 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal. 72 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) { 73 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2)) 74 return true; 75 76 // First argument should be an integer. 77 Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0); 78 QualType Ty = ValArg->getType(); 79 if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) { 80 S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg) 81 << ValArg->getSourceRange(); 82 return true; 83 } 84 85 // Second argument should be a constant string. 86 Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 87 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg); 88 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { 89 S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg) 90 << StrArg->getSourceRange(); 91 return true; 92 } 93 94 TheCall->setType(Ty); 95 return false; 96 } 97 98 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the 99 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type. 100 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) { 101 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1)) 102 return true; 103 104 ExprResult Arg(S.Owned(TheCall->getArg(0))); 105 QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart()); 106 if (ResultType.isNull()) 107 return true; 108 109 TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.take()); 110 TheCall->setType(ResultType); 111 return false; 112 } 113 114 ExprResult 115 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 116 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall)); 117 118 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions. 119 unsigned ICEArguments = 0; 120 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 121 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments); 122 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None) 123 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors. 124 125 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose. 126 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) { 127 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's. 128 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue; 129 130 llvm::APSInt Result; 131 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result)) 132 return true; 133 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo); 134 } 135 136 switch (BuiltinID) { 137 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString: 138 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 && 139 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString"); 140 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0))) 141 return ExprError(); 142 break; 143 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start: 144 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start: 145 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall)) 146 return ExprError(); 147 break; 148 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater: 149 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal: 150 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless: 151 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal: 152 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater: 153 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered: 154 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall)) 155 return ExprError(); 156 break; 157 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify: 158 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6)) 159 return ExprError(); 160 break; 161 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite: 162 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf: 163 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign: 164 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan: 165 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal: 166 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1)) 167 return ExprError(); 168 break; 169 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector: 170 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall); 171 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since 172 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it. 173 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch: 174 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall)) 175 return ExprError(); 176 break; 177 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size: 178 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall)) 179 return ExprError(); 180 break; 181 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp: 182 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall)) 183 return ExprError(); 184 break; 185 186 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type: 187 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true; 188 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); 189 break; 190 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p: 191 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true; 192 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); 193 break; 194 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add: 195 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1: 196 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2: 197 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4: 198 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8: 199 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16: 200 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub: 201 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1: 202 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2: 203 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4: 204 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8: 205 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16: 206 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or: 207 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1: 208 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2: 209 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4: 210 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8: 211 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16: 212 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and: 213 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1: 214 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2: 215 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4: 216 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8: 217 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16: 218 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor: 219 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1: 220 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2: 221 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4: 222 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8: 223 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16: 224 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch: 225 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1: 226 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2: 227 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4: 228 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8: 229 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16: 230 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch: 231 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1: 232 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2: 233 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4: 234 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8: 235 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16: 236 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch: 237 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1: 238 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2: 239 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4: 240 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8: 241 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16: 242 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch: 243 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1: 244 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2: 245 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4: 246 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8: 247 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16: 248 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch: 249 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1: 250 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2: 251 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4: 252 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8: 253 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16: 254 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap: 255 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1: 256 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2: 257 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4: 258 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8: 259 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16: 260 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap: 261 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1: 262 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2: 263 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4: 264 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8: 265 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16: 266 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set: 267 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1: 268 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2: 269 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4: 270 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8: 271 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16: 272 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release: 273 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1: 274 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2: 275 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4: 276 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8: 277 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16: 278 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap: 279 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1: 280 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2: 281 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4: 282 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8: 283 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16: 284 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult); 285 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) 286 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \ 287 case Builtin::BI##ID: \ 288 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID); 289 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def" 290 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation: 291 if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall)) 292 return ExprError(); 293 break; 294 case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof: 295 if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall)) 296 return ExprError(); 297 break; 298 } 299 300 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those 301 // of the arch we are compiling for. 302 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) { 303 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) { 304 case llvm::Triple::arm: 305 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 306 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 307 return ExprError(); 308 break; 309 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 310 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: 311 if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 312 return ExprError(); 313 break; 314 case llvm::Triple::mips: 315 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 316 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 317 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 318 if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 319 return ExprError(); 320 break; 321 case llvm::Triple::x86: 322 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: 323 if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 324 return ExprError(); 325 break; 326 default: 327 break; 328 } 329 } 330 331 return TheCallResult; 332 } 333 334 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code. 335 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) { 336 NeonTypeFlags Type(t); 337 int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad(); 338 switch (Type.getEltType()) { 339 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8: 340 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8: 341 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1; 342 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16: 343 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16: 344 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1; 345 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32: 346 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1; 347 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64: 348 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64: 349 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1; 350 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128: 351 return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1; 352 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16: 353 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); 354 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1; 355 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32: 356 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); 357 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1; 358 case NeonTypeFlags::Float64: 359 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); 360 return (1 << IsQuad) - 1; 361 } 362 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!"); 363 } 364 365 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of 366 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check 367 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics. 368 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context, 369 bool IsAArch64) { 370 switch (Flags.getEltType()) { 371 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8: 372 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy; 373 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16: 374 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy; 375 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32: 376 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 377 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64: 378 if (IsAArch64) 379 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 380 else 381 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 382 : Context.LongLongTy; 383 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8: 384 return IsAArch64 ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy; 385 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16: 386 return IsAArch64 ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy; 387 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64: 388 return Context.UnsignedLongTy; 389 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128: 390 break; 391 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16: 392 return Context.HalfTy; 393 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32: 394 return Context.FloatTy; 395 case NeonTypeFlags::Float64: 396 return Context.DoubleTy; 397 } 398 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!"); 399 } 400 401 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 402 llvm::APSInt Result; 403 uint64_t mask = 0; 404 unsigned TV = 0; 405 int PtrArgNum = -1; 406 bool HasConstPtr = false; 407 switch (BuiltinID) { 408 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK 409 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc" 410 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK 411 } 412 413 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate 414 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit. 415 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1; 416 if (mask) { 417 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result)) 418 return true; 419 420 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64); 421 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0) 422 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code) 423 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange(); 424 } 425 426 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) { 427 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type. 428 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum); 429 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg)) 430 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr(); 431 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg); 432 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 433 434 bool IsAArch64 = 435 Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64; 436 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsAArch64); 437 if (HasConstPtr) 438 EltTy = EltTy.withConst(); 439 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy); 440 AssignConvertType ConvTy; 441 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS); 442 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 443 return true; 444 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy, 445 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning)) 446 return true; 447 } 448 449 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the 450 // instruction, range check them here. 451 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; 452 switch (BuiltinID) { 453 default: 454 return false; 455 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK 456 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc" 457 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK 458 } 459 ; 460 461 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 462 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || 463 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) 464 return false; 465 466 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant. 467 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result)) 468 return true; 469 470 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction. 471 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue(); 472 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l)) 473 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 474 << l << u + l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange(); 475 476 return false; 477 } 478 479 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, 480 CallExpr *TheCall) { 481 if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 482 return true; 483 484 return false; 485 } 486 487 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 488 assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || 489 BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex) && 490 "unexpected ARM builtin"); 491 bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex; 492 493 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); 494 495 // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments. 496 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2)) 497 return true; 498 499 // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be 500 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type. 501 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit 502 // casts here. 503 Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1); 504 ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg); 505 if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid()) 506 return true; 507 PointerArg = PointerArgRes.take(); 508 509 const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 510 if (!pointerType) { 511 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) 512 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 513 return true; 514 } 515 516 // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next 517 // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just 518 // what the appropriate type is. 519 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType(); 520 QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile(); 521 if (IsLdrex) 522 AddrType.addConst(); 523 524 // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy. 525 CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp; 526 if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) { 527 CastNeeded = CK_BitCast; 528 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers) 529 << PointerArg->getType() 530 << Context.getPointerType(AddrType) 531 << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 532 } 533 534 // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version. 535 AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType); 536 PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded); 537 if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid()) 538 return true; 539 PointerArg = PointerArgRes.take(); 540 541 TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg); 542 543 // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored. 544 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() && 545 !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) { 546 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr) 547 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 548 return true; 549 } 550 551 // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions. 552 if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > 64) { 553 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size) 554 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 555 return true; 556 } 557 558 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { 559 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 560 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 561 // okay 562 break; 563 564 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 565 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 566 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 567 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) 568 << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 569 return true; 570 } 571 572 573 if (IsLdrex) { 574 TheCall->setType(ValType); 575 return false; 576 } 577 578 // Initialize the argument to be stored. 579 ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0); 580 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( 581 Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false); 582 ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg); 583 if (ValArg.isInvalid()) 584 return true; 585 TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get()); 586 587 // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def, 588 // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis. 589 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); 590 return false; 591 } 592 593 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 594 llvm::APSInt Result; 595 596 if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || 597 BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex) { 598 return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall); 599 } 600 601 if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 602 return true; 603 604 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the 605 // instruction, range check them here. 606 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; 607 switch (BuiltinID) { 608 default: return false; 609 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break; 610 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break; 611 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f: 612 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break; 613 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb: 614 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb: l = 0; u = 15; break; 615 }; 616 617 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 618 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || 619 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) 620 return false; 621 622 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant. 623 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result)) 624 return true; 625 626 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction. 627 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue(); 628 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l)) 629 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 630 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange(); 631 632 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present. 633 return false; 634 } 635 636 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 637 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; 638 switch (BuiltinID) { 639 default: return false; 640 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break; 641 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break; 642 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; 643 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break; 644 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; 645 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; 646 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; 647 }; 648 649 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 650 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || 651 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) 652 return false; 653 654 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant. 655 llvm::APSInt Result; 656 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result)) 657 return true; 658 659 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this instruction. 660 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue(); 661 if (Val < l || Val > u) 662 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 663 << l << u << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange(); 664 665 return false; 666 } 667 668 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 669 switch (BuiltinID) { 670 case X86::BI_mm_prefetch: 671 return SemaBuiltinMMPrefetch(TheCall); 672 break; 673 } 674 return false; 675 } 676 677 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo 678 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg. 679 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has 680 /// been populated. 681 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 682 FormatStringInfo *FSI) { 683 FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0; 684 FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1; 685 FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1; 686 687 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument 688 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own 689 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case. 690 if (IsCXXMember) { 691 if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0) 692 return false; 693 --FSI->FormatIdx; 694 if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0) 695 --FSI->FirstDataArg; 696 } 697 return true; 698 } 699 700 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null. 701 /// 702 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null. 703 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, 704 const Expr *Expr) { 705 // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are 706 // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute. 707 if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) { 708 if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) 709 if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = 710 dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr)) 711 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = 712 dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer())) 713 Expr = ILE->getInit(0); 714 } 715 716 bool Result; 717 return (!Expr->isValueDependent() && 718 Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) && 719 !Result); 720 } 721 722 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S, 723 const Expr *ArgExpr, 724 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) { 725 if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr)) 726 S.Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange(); 727 } 728 729 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S, 730 const NamedDecl *FDecl, 731 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 732 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) { 733 // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself. 734 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr> 735 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(), 736 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 737 738 const NonNullAttr *NonNull = *I; 739 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(), 740 e = NonNull->args_end(); 741 i != e; ++i) { 742 CheckNonNullArgument(S, ExprArgs[*i], CallSiteLoc); 743 } 744 } 745 746 // Check the attributes on the parameters. 747 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms; 748 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)) 749 parms = FD->parameters(); 750 else if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)) 751 parms = MD->parameters(); 752 753 unsigned argIndex = 0; 754 for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end(); 755 I != E; ++I, ++argIndex) { 756 const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I; 757 if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) 758 CheckNonNullArgument(S, ExprArgs[argIndex], CallSiteLoc); 759 } 760 } 761 762 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg 763 /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters. 764 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 765 unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, 766 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 767 VariadicCallType CallType) { 768 // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition. 769 if (CurContext->isDependentContext()) 770 return; 771 772 // Printf and scanf checking. 773 llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs; 774 if (FDecl) { 775 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr> 776 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(), 777 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); 778 I != E; ++I) { 779 // Only create vector if there are format attributes. 780 CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size()); 781 782 CheckFormatArguments(*I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range, 783 CheckedVarArgs); 784 } 785 } 786 787 // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string 788 // checks above. 789 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { 790 for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { 791 // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code. 792 if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) { 793 if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx]) 794 checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType); 795 } 796 } 797 } 798 799 if (FDecl) { 800 CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Args.data(), Loc); 801 802 // Type safety checking. 803 for (specific_attr_iterator<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr> 804 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(), 805 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(); 806 i != e; ++i) { 807 CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(*i, Args.data()); 808 } 809 } 810 } 811 812 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety 813 /// properties not enforced by the C type system. 814 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 815 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 816 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 817 SourceLocation Loc) { 818 VariadicCallType CallType = 819 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply; 820 checkCall(FDecl, Args, Proto->getNumParams(), 821 /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(), CallType); 822 } 823 824 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness 825 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system. 826 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 827 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { 828 bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) && 829 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl); 830 bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) || 831 IsMemberOperatorCall; 832 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, 833 TheCall->getCallee()); 834 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; 835 Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs(); 836 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); 837 if (IsMemberOperatorCall) { 838 // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument 839 // from checkCall. 840 // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal. 841 ++Args; 842 --NumArgs; 843 } 844 checkCall(FDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(Args, NumArgs), NumParams, 845 IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), 846 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); 847 848 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier(); 849 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have 850 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions). 851 if (!FnInfo) 852 return false; 853 854 CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo); 855 856 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind(); 857 if (CMId == 0) 858 return false; 859 860 // Handle memory setting and copying functions. 861 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat) 862 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo); 863 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat) 864 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo); 865 else 866 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo); 867 868 return false; 869 } 870 871 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac, 872 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) { 873 VariadicCallType CallType = 874 Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply; 875 876 checkCall(Method, Args, Method->param_size(), 877 /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, 878 lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(), CallType); 879 880 return false; 881 } 882 883 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 884 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { 885 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl); 886 if (!V) 887 return false; 888 889 QualType Ty = V->getType(); 890 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) 891 return false; 892 893 VariadicCallType CallType; 894 if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) { 895 CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply; 896 } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { 897 CallType = VariadicBlock; 898 } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType() 899 CallType = VariadicFunction; 900 } 901 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; 902 903 checkCall(NDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(TheCall->getArgs(), 904 TheCall->getNumArgs()), 905 NumParams, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), 906 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); 907 908 return false; 909 } 910 911 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available, 912 /// such as function pointers returned from functions. 913 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { 914 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/0, Proto, 915 TheCall->getCallee()); 916 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; 917 918 checkCall(/*FDecl=*/0, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>( 919 TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()), 920 NumParams, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), 921 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); 922 923 return false; 924 } 925 926 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 927 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) { 928 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get()); 929 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); 930 931 // All these operations take one of the following forms: 932 enum { 933 // C __c11_atomic_init(A *, C) 934 Init, 935 // C __c11_atomic_load(A *, int) 936 Load, 937 // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int) 938 Copy, 939 // C __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int) 940 Arithmetic, 941 // C __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int) 942 Xchg, 943 // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int) 944 GNUXchg, 945 // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int) 946 C11CmpXchg, 947 // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int) 948 GNUCmpXchg 949 } Form = Init; 950 const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 }; 951 const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 }; 952 // where: 953 // C is an appropriate type, 954 // A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins, 955 // CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise, 956 // M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and 957 // the int parameters are for orderings. 958 959 assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 && 960 AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load 961 && "need to update code for modified C11 atomics"); 962 bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init && 963 Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor; 964 bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n || 965 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n || 966 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n || 967 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n; 968 bool IsAddSub = false; 969 970 switch (Op) { 971 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init: 972 Form = Init; 973 break; 974 975 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load: 976 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n: 977 Form = Load; 978 break; 979 980 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store: 981 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load: 982 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store: 983 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n: 984 Form = Copy; 985 break; 986 987 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add: 988 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub: 989 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add: 990 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub: 991 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch: 992 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch: 993 IsAddSub = true; 994 // Fall through. 995 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and: 996 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or: 997 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor: 998 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and: 999 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or: 1000 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor: 1001 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand: 1002 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch: 1003 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch: 1004 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch: 1005 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch: 1006 Form = Arithmetic; 1007 break; 1008 1009 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange: 1010 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n: 1011 Form = Xchg; 1012 break; 1013 1014 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange: 1015 Form = GNUXchg; 1016 break; 1017 1018 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong: 1019 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak: 1020 Form = C11CmpXchg; 1021 break; 1022 1023 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange: 1024 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n: 1025 Form = GNUCmpXchg; 1026 break; 1027 } 1028 1029 // Check we have the right number of arguments. 1030 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) { 1031 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 1032 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1033 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); 1034 return ExprError(); 1035 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) { 1036 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(), 1037 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 1038 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1039 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); 1040 return ExprError(); 1041 } 1042 1043 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation. 1044 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0); 1045 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get(); 1046 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 1047 if (!pointerType) { 1048 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) 1049 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1050 return ExprError(); 1051 } 1052 1053 // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type. 1054 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A' 1055 QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C' 1056 if (IsC11) { 1057 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) { 1058 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic) 1059 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1060 return ExprError(); 1061 } 1062 if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) { 1063 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic) 1064 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1065 return ExprError(); 1066 } 1067 ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 1068 } 1069 1070 // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed. 1071 if (Form == Arithmetic) { 1072 // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity. 1073 if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) { 1074 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr) 1075 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1076 return ExprError(); 1077 } 1078 if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) { 1079 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int) 1080 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1081 return ExprError(); 1082 } 1083 } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) { 1084 // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or 1085 // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length. 1086 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr) 1087 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1088 return ExprError(); 1089 } 1090 1091 if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) && 1092 !AtomTy->isScalarType()) { 1093 // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of 1094 // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity. 1095 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy) 1096 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1097 return ExprError(); 1098 } 1099 1100 // FIXME: For any builtin other than a load, the ValType must not be 1101 // const-qualified. 1102 1103 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { 1104 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 1105 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 1106 // okay 1107 break; 1108 1109 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 1110 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 1111 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 1112 // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known 1113 // to be trivially copyable. 1114 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) 1115 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1116 return ExprError(); 1117 } 1118 1119 QualType ResultType = ValType; 1120 if (Form == Copy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init) 1121 ResultType = Context.VoidTy; 1122 else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg) 1123 ResultType = Context.BoolTy; 1124 1125 // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such 1126 // arguments are actually passed as pointers. 1127 QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP' 1128 if (!IsC11 && !IsN) 1129 ByValType = Ptr->getType(); 1130 1131 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we 1132 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk 1133 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type. 1134 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) { 1135 QualType Ty; 1136 if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) { 1137 switch (i) { 1138 case 1: 1139 // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this 1140 // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always 1141 // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses 1142 // by-value. 1143 assert(Form != Load); 1144 if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType())) 1145 Ty = ValType; 1146 else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg) 1147 Ty = ByValType; 1148 else if (Form == Arithmetic) 1149 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 1150 else 1151 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType()); 1152 break; 1153 case 2: 1154 // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a 1155 // (pointer to a) desired value. 1156 Ty = ByValType; 1157 break; 1158 case 3: 1159 // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag. 1160 Ty = Context.BoolTy; 1161 break; 1162 } 1163 } else { 1164 // The order(s) are always converted to int. 1165 Ty = Context.IntTy; 1166 } 1167 1168 InitializedEntity Entity = 1169 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false); 1170 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i); 1171 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); 1172 if (Arg.isInvalid()) 1173 return true; 1174 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get()); 1175 } 1176 1177 // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order. 1178 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs; 1179 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr); 1180 switch (Form) { 1181 case Init: 1182 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic. 1183 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1184 break; 1185 case Load: 1186 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order 1187 break; 1188 case Copy: 1189 case Arithmetic: 1190 case Xchg: 1191 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order 1192 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1193 break; 1194 case GNUXchg: 1195 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic. 1196 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order 1197 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1198 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 1199 break; 1200 case C11CmpXchg: 1201 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order 1202 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1203 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail 1204 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 1205 break; 1206 case GNUCmpXchg: 1207 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order 1208 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1209 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail 1210 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 1211 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak 1212 break; 1213 } 1214 1215 AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(), 1216 SubExprs, ResultType, Op, 1217 TheCall->getRParenLoc()); 1218 1219 if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load || 1220 (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) && 1221 Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE)) 1222 Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) << 1223 ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1); 1224 1225 return Owned(AE); 1226 } 1227 1228 1229 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform 1230 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in 1231 /// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom 1232 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of 1233 /// them. 1234 /// 1235 /// Returns true on error. 1236 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) { 1237 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee(); 1238 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!"); 1239 1240 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex); 1241 InitializedEntity Entity = 1242 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param); 1243 1244 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0); 1245 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); 1246 if (Arg.isInvalid()) 1247 return true; 1248 1249 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take()); 1250 return false; 1251 } 1252 1253 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like 1254 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer 1255 /// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already 1256 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as 1257 /// void(...). 1258 /// 1259 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these 1260 /// builtins, 1261 ExprResult 1262 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) { 1263 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get(); 1264 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); 1265 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 1266 1267 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from. 1268 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) { 1269 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 1270 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1271 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); 1272 return ExprError(); 1273 } 1274 1275 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be 1276 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type. 1277 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit 1278 // casts here. 1279 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input. 1280 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0); 1281 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg); 1282 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid()) 1283 return ExprError(); 1284 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take(); 1285 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg); 1286 1287 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 1288 if (!pointerType) { 1289 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) 1290 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); 1291 return ExprError(); 1292 } 1293 1294 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType(); 1295 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() && 1296 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) { 1297 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr) 1298 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); 1299 return ExprError(); 1300 } 1301 1302 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { 1303 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 1304 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 1305 // okay 1306 break; 1307 1308 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 1309 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 1310 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 1311 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) 1312 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); 1313 return ExprError(); 1314 } 1315 1316 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType. 1317 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType(); 1318 1319 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return 1320 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below. 1321 QualType ResultType = ValType; 1322 1323 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example, 1324 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into 1325 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2. 1326 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \ 1327 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \ 1328 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 } 1329 1330 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = { 1331 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add), 1332 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub), 1333 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or), 1334 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and), 1335 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor), 1336 1337 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch), 1338 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch), 1339 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch), 1340 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch), 1341 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch), 1342 1343 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap), 1344 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap), 1345 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set), 1346 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release), 1347 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap) 1348 }; 1349 #undef BUILTIN_ROW 1350 1351 // Determine the index of the size. 1352 unsigned SizeIndex; 1353 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) { 1354 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break; 1355 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break; 1356 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break; 1357 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break; 1358 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break; 1359 default: 1360 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size) 1361 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); 1362 return ExprError(); 1363 } 1364 1365 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of 1366 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff 1367 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well 1368 // as the number of fixed args. 1369 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID(); 1370 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1; 1371 switch (BuiltinID) { 1372 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!"); 1373 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add: 1374 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1: 1375 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2: 1376 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4: 1377 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8: 1378 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16: 1379 BuiltinIndex = 0; 1380 break; 1381 1382 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub: 1383 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1: 1384 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2: 1385 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4: 1386 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8: 1387 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16: 1388 BuiltinIndex = 1; 1389 break; 1390 1391 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or: 1392 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1: 1393 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2: 1394 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4: 1395 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8: 1396 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16: 1397 BuiltinIndex = 2; 1398 break; 1399 1400 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and: 1401 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1: 1402 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2: 1403 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4: 1404 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8: 1405 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16: 1406 BuiltinIndex = 3; 1407 break; 1408 1409 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor: 1410 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1: 1411 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2: 1412 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4: 1413 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8: 1414 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16: 1415 BuiltinIndex = 4; 1416 break; 1417 1418 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch: 1419 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1: 1420 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2: 1421 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4: 1422 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8: 1423 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16: 1424 BuiltinIndex = 5; 1425 break; 1426 1427 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch: 1428 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1: 1429 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2: 1430 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4: 1431 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8: 1432 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16: 1433 BuiltinIndex = 6; 1434 break; 1435 1436 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch: 1437 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1: 1438 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2: 1439 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4: 1440 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8: 1441 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16: 1442 BuiltinIndex = 7; 1443 break; 1444 1445 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch: 1446 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1: 1447 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2: 1448 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4: 1449 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8: 1450 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16: 1451 BuiltinIndex = 8; 1452 break; 1453 1454 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch: 1455 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1: 1456 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2: 1457 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4: 1458 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8: 1459 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16: 1460 BuiltinIndex = 9; 1461 break; 1462 1463 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap: 1464 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1: 1465 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2: 1466 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4: 1467 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8: 1468 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16: 1469 BuiltinIndex = 10; 1470 NumFixed = 2; 1471 break; 1472 1473 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap: 1474 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1: 1475 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2: 1476 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4: 1477 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8: 1478 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16: 1479 BuiltinIndex = 11; 1480 NumFixed = 2; 1481 ResultType = Context.BoolTy; 1482 break; 1483 1484 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set: 1485 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1: 1486 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2: 1487 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4: 1488 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8: 1489 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16: 1490 BuiltinIndex = 12; 1491 break; 1492 1493 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release: 1494 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1: 1495 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2: 1496 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4: 1497 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8: 1498 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16: 1499 BuiltinIndex = 13; 1500 NumFixed = 0; 1501 ResultType = Context.VoidTy; 1502 break; 1503 1504 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap: 1505 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1: 1506 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2: 1507 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4: 1508 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8: 1509 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16: 1510 BuiltinIndex = 14; 1511 break; 1512 } 1513 1514 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we 1515 // have at least that many. 1516 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) { 1517 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 1518 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1519 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); 1520 return ExprError(); 1521 } 1522 1523 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the 1524 // concrete integer type we should convert to is. 1525 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex]; 1526 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID); 1527 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl; 1528 if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID) 1529 NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl; 1530 else { 1531 // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it. 1532 DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName)); 1533 LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName); 1534 LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true); 1535 assert(Res.getFoundDecl()); 1536 NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl()); 1537 if (NewBuiltinDecl == 0) 1538 return ExprError(); 1539 } 1540 1541 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we 1542 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk 1543 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type. 1544 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) { 1545 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1); 1546 1547 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This 1548 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now. 1549 // Initialize the argument. 1550 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, 1551 ValType, /*consume*/ false); 1552 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); 1553 if (Arg.isInvalid()) 1554 return ExprError(); 1555 1556 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check 1557 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can 1558 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and 1559 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange 1560 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc. 1561 // FIXME: Do this check. 1562 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take()); 1563 } 1564 1565 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext(); 1566 1567 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl. 1568 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create( 1569 Context, 1570 DRE->getQualifierLoc(), 1571 SourceLocation(), 1572 NewBuiltinDecl, 1573 /*enclosing*/ false, 1574 DRE->getLocation(), 1575 Context.BuiltinFnTy, 1576 DRE->getValueKind()); 1577 1578 // Set the callee in the CallExpr. 1579 // FIXME: This loses syntactic information. 1580 QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType()); 1581 ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy, 1582 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr); 1583 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take()); 1584 1585 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This 1586 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it 1587 // gracefully. 1588 TheCall->setType(ResultType); 1589 1590 return TheCallResult; 1591 } 1592 1593 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin 1594 /// CFString constructor is correct 1595 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would 1596 /// simplify the backend). 1597 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) { 1598 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts(); 1599 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg); 1600 1601 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { 1602 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant) 1603 << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1604 return true; 1605 } 1606 1607 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) { 1608 StringRef String = Literal->getString(); 1609 unsigned NumBytes = String.size(); 1610 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes); 1611 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (const UTF8 *)String.data(); 1612 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0]; 1613 1614 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, 1615 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes, 1616 strictConversion); 1617 // Check for conversion failure. 1618 if (Result != conversionOK) 1619 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), 1620 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1621 } 1622 return false; 1623 } 1624 1625 /// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity. 1626 /// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success. 1627 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1628 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee(); 1629 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) { 1630 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), 1631 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 1632 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1633 << Fn->getSourceRange() 1634 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), 1635 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); 1636 return true; 1637 } 1638 1639 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) { 1640 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), 1641 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 1642 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs(); 1643 } 1644 1645 // Type-check the first argument normally. 1646 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0)) 1647 return true; 1648 1649 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not. 1650 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); 1651 bool isVariadic; 1652 if (CurBlock) 1653 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic(); 1654 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl()) 1655 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic(); 1656 else 1657 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic(); 1658 1659 if (!isVariadic) { 1660 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function); 1661 return true; 1662 } 1663 1664 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the 1665 // current function or method. 1666 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false; 1667 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 1668 1669 // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next 1670 // block. 1671 QualType Type; 1672 SourceLocation ParamLoc; 1673 1674 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) { 1675 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { 1676 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning). 1677 // Get the last formal in the current function. 1678 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg; 1679 if (CurBlock) 1680 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1); 1681 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl()) 1682 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1); 1683 else 1684 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1); 1685 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg; 1686 1687 Type = PV->getType(); 1688 ParamLoc = PV->getLocation(); 1689 } 1690 } 1691 1692 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument) 1693 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(), 1694 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument); 1695 else if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 1696 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), 1697 diag::warn_va_start_of_reference_type_is_undefined); 1698 Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type; 1699 } 1700 1701 TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy); 1702 return false; 1703 } 1704 1705 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and 1706 /// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything. 1707 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1708 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) 1709 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 1710 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/; 1711 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) 1712 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), 1713 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 1714 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1715 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), 1716 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); 1717 1718 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0); 1719 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1); 1720 1721 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common 1722 // type. 1723 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false); 1724 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid()) 1725 return true; 1726 1727 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is 1728 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool 1729 // foo(...)". 1730 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get()); 1731 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get()); 1732 1733 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1734 return false; 1735 1736 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were 1737 // invalid for this operation. 1738 if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType()) 1739 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), 1740 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare) 1741 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType() 1742 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd()); 1743 1744 return false; 1745 } 1746 1747 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like 1748 /// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have 1749 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point 1750 /// value. 1751 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) { 1752 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs) 1753 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 1754 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/; 1755 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs) 1756 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(), 1757 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 1758 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1759 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(), 1760 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); 1761 1762 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1); 1763 1764 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent()) 1765 return false; 1766 1767 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number. 1768 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) 1769 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(), 1770 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp) 1771 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange(); 1772 1773 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it. 1774 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) { 1775 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr(); 1776 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) { 1777 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) && 1778 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here"); 1779 Cast->setSubExpr(0); 1780 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg); 1781 } 1782 } 1783 1784 return false; 1785 } 1786 1787 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector. 1788 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything. 1789 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1790 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) 1791 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), 1792 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 1793 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1794 << TheCall->getSourceRange()); 1795 1796 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking: 1797 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask) 1798 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask) 1799 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index) 1800 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType(); 1801 unsigned numElements = 0; 1802 1803 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() && 1804 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) { 1805 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType(); 1806 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType(); 1807 1808 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) 1809 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1810 diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector) 1811 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(), 1812 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); 1813 1814 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); 1815 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2; 1816 1817 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle 1818 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the 1819 // same number of elts as lhs. 1820 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) { 1821 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() || 1822 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements) 1823 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1824 diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector) 1825 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(), 1826 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); 1827 } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) { 1828 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1829 diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector) 1830 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(), 1831 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); 1832 } else if (numElements != numResElements) { 1833 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); 1834 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements, 1835 VectorType::GenericVector); 1836 } 1837 } 1838 1839 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) { 1840 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || 1841 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) 1842 continue; 1843 1844 llvm::APSInt Result(32); 1845 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context)) 1846 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1847 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument) 1848 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange()); 1849 1850 // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR. 1851 if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue()) 1852 continue; 1853 1854 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2) 1855 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1856 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large) 1857 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange()); 1858 } 1859 1860 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs; 1861 1862 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) { 1863 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i)); 1864 TheCall->setArg(i, 0); 1865 } 1866 1867 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType, 1868 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(), 1869 TheCall->getRParenLoc())); 1870 } 1871 1872 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector 1873 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1874 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 1875 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1876 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; 1877 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; 1878 QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType(); 1879 QualType SrcTy = E->getType(); 1880 1881 if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType()) 1882 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, 1883 diag::err_convertvector_non_vector) 1884 << E->getSourceRange()); 1885 if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) 1886 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, 1887 diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type)); 1888 1889 if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) { 1890 unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); 1891 unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); 1892 if (SrcElts != DstElts) 1893 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, 1894 diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector) 1895 << E->getSourceRange()); 1896 } 1897 1898 return Owned(new (Context) ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, 1899 BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc)); 1900 1901 } 1902 1903 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch. 1904 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two 1905 // optional constant int args. 1906 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1907 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); 1908 1909 if (NumArgs > 3) 1910 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), 1911 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most) 1912 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs 1913 << TheCall->getSourceRange(); 1914 1915 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be 1916 // constant integers. 1917 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) { 1918 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i); 1919 1920 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 1921 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) 1922 continue; 1923 1924 llvm::APSInt Result; 1925 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result)) 1926 return true; 1927 1928 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These 1929 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default 1930 // is 3. 1931 if (i == 1) { 1932 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1) 1933 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 1934 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1935 } else { 1936 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3) 1937 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 1938 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1939 } 1940 } 1941 1942 return false; 1943 } 1944 1945 /// SemaBuiltinMMPrefetch - Handle _mm_prefetch. 1946 // This is declared to take (const char*, int) 1947 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinMMPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1948 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1); 1949 1950 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 1951 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) 1952 return false; 1953 1954 llvm::APSInt Result; 1955 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result)) 1956 return true; 1957 1958 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3) 1959 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 1960 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1961 1962 return false; 1963 } 1964 1965 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr 1966 /// TheCall is a constant expression. 1967 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 1968 llvm::APSInt &Result) { 1969 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum); 1970 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); 1971 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 1972 1973 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false; 1974 1975 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context)) 1976 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type) 1977 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1978 1979 return false; 1980 } 1981 1982 /// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr, 1983 /// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined 1984 /// constants (0-3). 1985 // For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2. 1986 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1987 llvm::APSInt Result; 1988 1989 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 1990 if (TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent() || 1991 TheCall->getArg(1)->isValueDependent()) 1992 return false; 1993 1994 // Check constant-ness first. 1995 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result)) 1996 return true; 1997 1998 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1); 1999 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) { 2000 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 2001 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd()); 2002 } 2003 2004 return false; 2005 } 2006 2007 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val). 2008 /// This checks that val is a constant 1. 2009 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) { 2010 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1); 2011 llvm::APSInt Result; 2012 2013 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value. 2014 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result)) 2015 return true; 2016 2017 if (Result != 1) 2018 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val) 2019 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd()); 2020 2021 return false; 2022 } 2023 2024 namespace { 2025 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 2026 SLCT_NotALiteral, 2027 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 2028 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 2029 }; 2030 } 2031 2032 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string. 2033 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a 2034 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning. 2035 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString. 2036 static StringLiteralCheckType 2037 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2038 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 2039 unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type, 2040 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall, 2041 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { 2042 tryAgain: 2043 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 2044 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2045 2046 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts(); 2047 2048 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) 2049 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case. 2050 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation 2051 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then 2052 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype. 2053 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; 2054 2055 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 2056 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: 2057 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 2058 // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was 2059 // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked. 2060 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C = 2061 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E); 2062 StringLiteralCheckType Left = 2063 checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args, 2064 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, 2065 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); 2066 if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral) 2067 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2068 StringLiteralCheckType Right = 2069 checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args, 2070 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, 2071 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); 2072 return Left < Right ? Left : Right; 2073 } 2074 2075 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { 2076 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); 2077 goto tryAgain; 2078 } 2079 2080 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass: 2081 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) { 2082 E = src; 2083 goto tryAgain; 2084 } 2085 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2086 2087 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass: 2088 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they 2089 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security 2090 // liability. 2091 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; 2092 2093 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { 2094 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 2095 2096 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to 2097 // const string literals. 2098 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { 2099 bool isConstant = false; 2100 QualType T = DR->getType(); 2101 2102 if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 2103 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context); 2104 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2105 isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) && 2106 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context); 2107 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2108 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type, 2109 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant. 2110 isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context); 2111 } 2112 2113 if (isConstant) { 2114 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) { 2115 // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" } 2116 if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 2117 if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit()) 2118 Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2119 } 2120 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args, 2121 HasVAListArg, format_idx, 2122 firstDataArg, Type, CallType, 2123 /*InFunctionCall*/false, CheckedVarArgs); 2124 } 2125 } 2126 2127 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a 2128 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter 2129 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function 2130 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we 2131 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call 2132 // to a vprintf function. For example: 2133 // 2134 // void 2135 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){ 2136 // va_list ap; 2137 // va_start(ap, fmt); 2138 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt". 2139 // ... 2140 // } 2141 if (HasVAListArg) { 2142 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) { 2143 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) { 2144 int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1; 2145 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr> 2146 i = ND->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(), 2147 e = ND->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) { 2148 FormatAttr *PVFormat = *i; 2149 // adjust for implicit parameter 2150 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)) 2151 if (MD->isInstance()) 2152 ++PVIndex; 2153 // We also check if the formats are compatible. 2154 // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function. 2155 if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() && 2156 Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat)) 2157 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; 2158 } 2159 } 2160 } 2161 } 2162 } 2163 2164 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2165 } 2166 2167 case Stmt::CallExprClass: 2168 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: { 2169 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E); 2170 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) { 2171 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) { 2172 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx(); 2173 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)) 2174 if (MD->isInstance()) 2175 --ArgIndex; 2176 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1); 2177 2178 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args, 2179 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, 2180 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, 2181 CheckedVarArgs); 2182 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { 2183 unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(); 2184 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString || 2185 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) { 2186 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0); 2187 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args, 2188 HasVAListArg, format_idx, 2189 firstDataArg, Type, CallType, 2190 InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); 2191 } 2192 } 2193 } 2194 2195 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2196 } 2197 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: 2198 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: { 2199 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL; 2200 2201 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E)) 2202 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString(); 2203 else 2204 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2205 2206 if (StrE) { 2207 S.CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, 2208 Type, InFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); 2209 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral; 2210 } 2211 2212 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2213 } 2214 2215 default: 2216 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2217 } 2218 } 2219 2220 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) { 2221 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName()) 2222 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf) 2223 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf) 2224 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString) 2225 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime) 2226 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon) 2227 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf) 2228 .Default(FST_Unknown); 2229 } 2230 2231 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar 2232 /// functions) for correct use of format strings. 2233 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked. 2234 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 2235 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2236 bool IsCXXMember, 2237 VariadicCallType CallType, 2238 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 2239 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { 2240 FormatStringInfo FSI; 2241 if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI)) 2242 return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx, 2243 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format), 2244 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs); 2245 return false; 2246 } 2247 2248 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2249 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 2250 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 2251 VariadicCallType CallType, 2252 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 2253 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { 2254 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string. 2255 if (format_idx >= Args.size()) { 2256 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range; 2257 return false; 2258 } 2259 2260 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts(); 2261 2262 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal. 2263 // 2264 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to 2265 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings 2266 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by 2267 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of 2268 // many format string exploits. 2269 2270 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or 2271 // C string (e.g. "%d") 2272 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use 2273 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings. 2274 StringLiteralCheckType CT = 2275 checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg, 2276 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType, 2277 /*IsFunctionCall*/true, CheckedVarArgs); 2278 if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral) 2279 // Literal format string found, check done! 2280 return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral; 2281 2282 // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument, 2283 // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string. 2284 if (Type == FST_Strftime) 2285 return false; 2286 2287 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the 2288 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent 2289 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros 2290 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals. 2291 if (Type == FST_NSString && 2292 SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart())) 2293 return false; 2294 2295 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise 2296 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral. 2297 if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) 2298 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(), 2299 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs) 2300 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); 2301 else 2302 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(), 2303 diag::warn_format_nonliteral) 2304 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); 2305 return false; 2306 } 2307 2308 namespace { 2309 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler { 2310 protected: 2311 Sema &S; 2312 const StringLiteral *FExpr; 2313 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr; 2314 const unsigned FirstDataArg; 2315 const unsigned NumDataArgs; 2316 const char *Beg; // Start of format string. 2317 const bool HasVAListArg; 2318 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args; 2319 unsigned FormatIdx; 2320 llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs; 2321 bool usesPositionalArgs; 2322 bool atFirstArg; 2323 bool inFunctionCall; 2324 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType; 2325 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs; 2326 public: 2327 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, 2328 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, 2329 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, 2330 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2331 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, 2332 Sema::VariadicCallType callType, 2333 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) 2334 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), 2335 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), 2336 Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg), 2337 Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx), 2338 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true), 2339 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType), 2340 CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs) { 2341 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs); 2342 CoveredArgs.reset(); 2343 } 2344 2345 void DoneProcessing(); 2346 2347 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier, 2348 unsigned specifierLen); 2349 2350 void HandleInvalidLengthModifier( 2351 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2352 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2353 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID); 2354 2355 void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier( 2356 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2357 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2358 2359 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier( 2360 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2361 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2362 2363 virtual void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen); 2364 2365 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier, 2366 unsigned specifierLen, 2367 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p); 2368 2369 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen); 2370 2371 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter); 2372 2373 template <typename Range> 2374 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, 2375 const Expr *ArgumentExpr, 2376 PartialDiagnostic PDiag, 2377 SourceLocation StringLoc, 2378 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange, 2379 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None); 2380 2381 protected: 2382 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc, 2383 const char *startSpec, 2384 unsigned specifierLen, 2385 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen); 2386 2387 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc, 2388 const char *startSpec, 2389 unsigned specifierLen); 2390 2391 SourceRange getFormatStringRange(); 2392 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, 2393 unsigned specifierLen); 2394 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x); 2395 2396 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const; 2397 2398 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2399 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2400 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, 2401 unsigned argIndex); 2402 2403 template <typename Range> 2404 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc, 2405 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange, 2406 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None); 2407 2408 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs( 2409 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS); 2410 }; 2411 } 2412 2413 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() { 2414 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); 2415 } 2416 2417 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler:: 2418 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { 2419 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier); 2420 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1); 2421 2422 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges. 2423 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1); 2424 2425 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End); 2426 } 2427 2428 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) { 2429 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg); 2430 } 2431 2432 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier, 2433 unsigned specifierLen){ 2434 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier), 2435 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier), 2436 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2437 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2438 } 2439 2440 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier( 2441 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2442 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2443 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) { 2444 using namespace analyze_format_string; 2445 2446 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier(); 2447 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength()); 2448 2449 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier. 2450 Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier(); 2451 if (FixedLM) { 2452 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(), 2453 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), 2454 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2455 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2456 2457 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) 2458 << FixedLM->toString() 2459 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString()); 2460 2461 } else { 2462 FixItHint Hint; 2463 if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length) 2464 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange); 2465 2466 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(), 2467 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), 2468 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2469 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 2470 Hint); 2471 } 2472 } 2473 2474 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier( 2475 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2476 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { 2477 using namespace analyze_format_string; 2478 2479 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier(); 2480 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength()); 2481 2482 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier. 2483 Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier(); 2484 if (FixedLM) { 2485 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) 2486 << LM.toString() << 0, 2487 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), 2488 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2489 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2490 2491 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) 2492 << FixedLM->toString() 2493 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString()); 2494 2495 } else { 2496 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) 2497 << LM.toString() << 0, 2498 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), 2499 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2500 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2501 } 2502 } 2503 2504 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier( 2505 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2506 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { 2507 using namespace analyze_format_string; 2508 2509 // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier. 2510 Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier(); 2511 if (FixedCS) { 2512 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) 2513 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1, 2514 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 2515 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2516 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2517 2518 CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); 2519 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) 2520 << FixedCS->toString() 2521 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString()); 2522 } else { 2523 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) 2524 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1, 2525 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 2526 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2527 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2528 } 2529 } 2530 2531 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos, 2532 unsigned posLen) { 2533 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg), 2534 getLocationOfByte(startPos), 2535 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2536 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); 2537 } 2538 2539 void 2540 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen, 2541 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) { 2542 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier) 2543 << (unsigned) p, 2544 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2545 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); 2546 } 2547 2548 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, 2549 unsigned posLen) { 2550 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier), 2551 getLocationOfByte(startPos), 2552 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2553 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); 2554 } 2555 2556 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) { 2557 if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) { 2558 // The presence of a null character is likely an error. 2559 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 2560 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char), 2561 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2562 getFormatStringRange()); 2563 } 2564 } 2565 2566 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building 2567 // one of the argument expressions. 2568 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const { 2569 return Args[FirstDataArg + i]; 2570 } 2571 2572 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() { 2573 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of 2574 // format conversions in the format string? 2575 if (!HasVAListArg) { 2576 // Find any arguments that weren't covered. 2577 CoveredArgs.flip(); 2578 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first(); 2579 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) { 2580 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs); 2581 if (const Expr *E = getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)) { 2582 SourceLocation Loc = E->getLocStart(); 2583 if (!S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc)) { 2584 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used), 2585 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false, 2586 getFormatStringRange()); 2587 } 2588 } 2589 } 2590 } 2591 } 2592 2593 bool 2594 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, 2595 SourceLocation Loc, 2596 const char *startSpec, 2597 unsigned specifierLen, 2598 const char *csStart, 2599 unsigned csLen) { 2600 2601 bool keepGoing = true; 2602 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { 2603 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't 2604 // make sense. 2605 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); 2606 } 2607 else { 2608 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we 2609 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and 2610 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing 2611 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get 2612 // gibberish when trying to match arguments. 2613 keepGoing = false; 2614 } 2615 2616 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) 2617 << StringRef(csStart, csLen), 2618 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2619 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen)); 2620 2621 return keepGoing; 2622 } 2623 2624 void 2625 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc, 2626 const char *startSpec, 2627 unsigned specifierLen) { 2628 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 2629 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args), 2630 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen)); 2631 } 2632 2633 bool 2634 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs( 2635 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2636 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2637 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) { 2638 2639 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) { 2640 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg() 2641 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args) 2642 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs) 2643 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args); 2644 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 2645 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2646 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2647 return false; 2648 } 2649 return true; 2650 } 2651 2652 template<typename Range> 2653 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, 2654 SourceLocation Loc, 2655 bool IsStringLocation, 2656 Range StringRange, 2657 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) { 2658 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag, 2659 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt); 2660 } 2661 2662 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note 2663 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages. 2664 /// 2665 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function 2666 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an 2667 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string. 2668 /// 2669 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string 2670 /// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two 2671 /// diagnostics are emitted. 2672 /// 2673 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the 2674 /// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits 2675 /// to diagnostics. 2676 /// 2677 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are 2678 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for 2679 /// the other one. 2680 /// 2681 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be 2682 /// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will 2683 /// be used with PDiag. 2684 /// 2685 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is 2686 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange. 2687 /// 2688 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string. 2689 template<typename Range> 2690 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, 2691 const Expr *ArgumentExpr, 2692 PartialDiagnostic PDiag, 2693 SourceLocation Loc, 2694 bool IsStringLocation, 2695 Range StringRange, 2696 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) { 2697 if (InFunctionCall) { 2698 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag); 2699 D << StringRange; 2700 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end(); 2701 I != E; ++I) { 2702 D << *I; 2703 } 2704 } else { 2705 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag) 2706 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange(); 2707 2708 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note = 2709 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(), 2710 diag::note_format_string_defined); 2711 2712 Note << StringRange; 2713 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end(); 2714 I != E; ++I) { 2715 Note << *I; 2716 } 2717 } 2718 } 2719 2720 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===// 2721 2722 namespace { 2723 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler { 2724 bool ObjCContext; 2725 public: 2726 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, 2727 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, 2728 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, 2729 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, 2730 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2731 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, 2732 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, 2733 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) 2734 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg, 2735 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, 2736 formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs), 2737 ObjCContext(isObjC) 2738 {} 2739 2740 2741 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier( 2742 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2743 const char *startSpecifier, 2744 unsigned specifierLen); 2745 2746 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2747 const char *startSpecifier, 2748 unsigned specifierLen); 2749 bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2750 const char *StartSpecifier, 2751 unsigned SpecifierLen, 2752 const Expr *E); 2753 2754 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k, 2755 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2756 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2757 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt, 2758 unsigned type, 2759 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2760 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2761 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, 2762 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2763 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2764 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag, 2765 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, 2766 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2767 bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, 2768 const Expr *E); 2769 2770 }; 2771 } 2772 2773 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier( 2774 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2775 const char *startSpecifier, 2776 unsigned specifierLen) { 2777 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = 2778 FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 2779 2780 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(), 2781 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 2782 startSpecifier, specifierLen, 2783 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); 2784 } 2785 2786 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount( 2787 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, 2788 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier, 2789 unsigned specifierLen) { 2790 2791 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) { 2792 if (!HasVAListArg) { 2793 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex(); 2794 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) { 2795 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg) 2796 << k, 2797 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), 2798 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2799 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2800 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit 2801 // spurious errors. 2802 return false; 2803 } 2804 2805 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'. 2806 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be 2807 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also 2808 // doesn't emit a warning for that case. 2809 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); 2810 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex); 2811 if (!Arg) 2812 return false; 2813 2814 QualType T = Arg->getType(); 2815 2816 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context); 2817 assert(AT.isValid()); 2818 2819 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) { 2820 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type) 2821 << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) 2822 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(), 2823 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), 2824 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2825 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2826 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit 2827 // spurious errors. 2828 return false; 2829 } 2830 } 2831 } 2832 return true; 2833 } 2834 2835 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount( 2836 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2837 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt, 2838 unsigned type, 2839 const char *startSpecifier, 2840 unsigned specifierLen) { 2841 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = 2842 FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 2843 2844 FixItHint fixit = 2845 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant 2846 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(), 2847 Amt.getConstantLength())) 2848 : FixItHint(); 2849 2850 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount) 2851 << type << CS.toString(), 2852 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), 2853 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2854 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 2855 fixit); 2856 } 2857 2858 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2859 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, 2860 const char *startSpecifier, 2861 unsigned specifierLen) { 2862 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal. 2863 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = 2864 FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 2865 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag) 2866 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(), 2867 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()), 2868 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2869 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 2870 FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 2871 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1))); 2872 } 2873 2874 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag( 2875 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2876 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag, 2877 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, 2878 const char *startSpecifier, 2879 unsigned specifierLen) { 2880 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal. 2881 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag) 2882 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(), 2883 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()), 2884 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2885 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 2886 FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 2887 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1))); 2888 } 2889 2890 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing 2891 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named 2892 // "c_str()"). 2893 template<typename MemberKind> 2894 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> 2895 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) { 2896 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2897 llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results; 2898 2899 if (!RT) 2900 return Results; 2901 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2902 if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition()) 2903 return Results; 2904 2905 LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), SourceLocation(), 2906 Sema::LookupMemberName); 2907 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2908 2909 // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the 2910 // filter, at this point. 2911 if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl())) 2912 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 2913 NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2914 if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl)) 2915 Results.insert(FK); 2916 } 2917 return Results; 2918 } 2919 2920 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object. 2921 /// 2922 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't 2923 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous). 2924 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) { 2925 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet; 2926 MethodSet Results = 2927 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType()); 2928 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end(); 2929 MI != ME; ++MI) 2930 if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0) 2931 return true; 2932 return false; 2933 } 2934 2935 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a 2936 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid. 2937 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found. 2938 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers( 2939 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) { 2940 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet; 2941 2942 MethodSet Results = 2943 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType()); 2944 2945 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end(); 2946 MI != ME; ++MI) { 2947 const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI; 2948 if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 && 2949 AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) { 2950 // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them. 2951 SourceLocation EndLoc = 2952 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()); 2953 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str) 2954 << "c_str()" 2955 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()"); 2956 return true; 2957 } 2958 } 2959 2960 return false; 2961 } 2962 2963 bool 2964 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier 2965 &FS, 2966 const char *startSpecifier, 2967 unsigned specifierLen) { 2968 2969 using namespace analyze_format_string; 2970 using namespace analyze_printf; 2971 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 2972 2973 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) { 2974 if (atFirstArg) { 2975 atFirstArg = false; 2976 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg(); 2977 } 2978 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) { 2979 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 2980 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 2981 return false; 2982 } 2983 } 2984 2985 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier 2986 // have matching data arguments. 2987 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0, 2988 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) { 2989 return false; 2990 } 2991 2992 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1, 2993 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) { 2994 return false; 2995 } 2996 2997 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) { 2998 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here 2999 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point. 3000 return true; 3001 } 3002 3003 // Consume the argument. 3004 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex(); 3005 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { 3006 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later. 3007 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this 3008 // function if we encounter some other error. 3009 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); 3010 } 3011 3012 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier 3013 // in a non-ObjC literal. 3014 if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) { 3015 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier, 3016 specifierLen); 3017 } 3018 3019 // Check for invalid use of field width 3020 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) { 3021 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0, 3022 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3023 } 3024 3025 // Check for invalid use of precision 3026 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) { 3027 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1, 3028 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3029 } 3030 3031 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component. 3032 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix()) 3033 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3034 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros()) 3035 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3036 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix()) 3037 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3038 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix()) 3039 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3040 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm()) 3041 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3042 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified()) 3043 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3044 3045 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag 3046 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+' 3047 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(), 3048 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3049 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-' 3050 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(), 3051 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3052 3053 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier. 3054 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo())) 3055 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3056 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length); 3057 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier()) 3058 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3059 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination()) 3060 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3061 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec); 3062 3063 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts())) 3064 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3065 3066 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments. 3067 if (HasVAListArg) 3068 return true; 3069 3070 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex)) 3071 return false; 3072 3073 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex); 3074 if (!Arg) 3075 return true; 3076 3077 return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg); 3078 } 3079 3080 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) { 3081 // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator 3082 // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here. 3083 // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't. 3084 const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); 3085 if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside)) 3086 Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts(); 3087 3088 switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) { 3089 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: 3090 case Stmt::CallExprClass: 3091 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: 3092 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: 3093 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: 3094 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass: 3095 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: 3096 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: 3097 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: 3098 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: 3099 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: 3100 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: 3101 case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass: 3102 case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass: 3103 case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: 3104 case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass: 3105 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: 3106 case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass: 3107 case Stmt::ParenExprClass: 3108 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: 3109 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: 3110 return false; 3111 default: 3112 return true; 3113 } 3114 } 3115 3116 bool 3117 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 3118 const char *StartSpecifier, 3119 unsigned SpecifierLen, 3120 const Expr *E) { 3121 using namespace analyze_format_string; 3122 using namespace analyze_printf; 3123 // Now type check the data expression that matches the 3124 // format specifier. 3125 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, 3126 ObjCContext); 3127 if (!AT.isValid()) 3128 return true; 3129 3130 QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); 3131 while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) { 3132 ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType(); 3133 } 3134 3135 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy)) 3136 return true; 3137 3138 // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type. 3139 // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array 3140 // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a 3141 // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'. 3142 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { 3143 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast || 3144 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) { 3145 E = ICE->getSubExpr(); 3146 ExprTy = E->getType(); 3147 3148 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char' 3149 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs 3150 // function. 3151 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy || 3152 ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) { 3153 // All further checking is done on the subexpression. 3154 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy)) 3155 return true; 3156 } 3157 } 3158 } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) { 3159 // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C. 3160 // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like 3161 // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists. 3162 if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy) 3163 if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue())) 3164 ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy; 3165 } 3166 3167 // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t. 3168 // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest 3169 // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier. 3170 QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy; 3171 if (ObjCContext && 3172 FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) { 3173 if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && 3174 !ExprTy->isCharType()) { 3175 // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should 3176 // prefer using the typedef if it is visible. 3177 IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy; 3178 3179 // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens 3180 // to be within the valid range. 3181 if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) { 3182 const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue(); 3183 if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy)) 3184 return true; 3185 } 3186 3187 LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(), 3188 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3189 if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) { 3190 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl(); 3191 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND)) 3192 if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy) 3193 IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD); 3194 } 3195 } 3196 } 3197 3198 // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting 3199 // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough. 3200 bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; 3201 if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 3202 // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs. 3203 QualType TyTy = IntendedTy; 3204 while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 3205 StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName(); 3206 QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name) 3207 .Case("NSInteger", S.Context.LongTy) 3208 .Case("NSUInteger", S.Context.UnsignedLongTy) 3209 .Case("SInt32", S.Context.IntTy) 3210 .Case("UInt32", S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) 3211 .Default(QualType()); 3212 3213 if (!CastTy.isNull()) { 3214 ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true; 3215 IntendedTy = CastTy; 3216 break; 3217 } 3218 TyTy = UserTy->desugar(); 3219 } 3220 } 3221 3222 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type. 3223 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS; 3224 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), 3225 S.Context, ObjCContext); 3226 3227 if (success) { 3228 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier 3229 SmallString<16> buf; 3230 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf); 3231 fixedFS.toString(os); 3232 3233 CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen); 3234 3235 if (IntendedTy == ExprTy) { 3236 // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match 3237 // the argument. 3238 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3239 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3240 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << IntendedTy 3241 << E->getSourceRange(), 3242 E->getLocStart(), 3243 /*IsStringLocation*/false, 3244 SpecRange, 3245 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str())); 3246 3247 } else { 3248 // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the 3249 // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's 3250 // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but 3251 // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.) 3252 // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to 3253 // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string 3254 // if necessary). 3255 SmallString<16> CastBuf; 3256 llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf); 3257 CastFix << "("; 3258 IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3259 CastFix << ")"; 3260 3261 SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints; 3262 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy)) 3263 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str())); 3264 3265 if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) { 3266 // If there's already a cast present, just replace it. 3267 SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc()); 3268 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str())); 3269 3270 } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) { 3271 // If the expression has high enough precedence, 3272 // just write the C-style cast. 3273 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), 3274 CastFix.str())); 3275 } else { 3276 // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast. 3277 CastFix << "("; 3278 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), 3279 CastFix.str())); 3280 3281 SourceLocation After = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()); 3282 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")")); 3283 } 3284 3285 if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) { 3286 // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly. 3287 // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show 3288 // the underlying type in the diagnostic. 3289 StringRef Name = cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy)->getDecl()->getName(); 3290 3291 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast) 3292 << Name << IntendedTy 3293 << E->getSourceRange(), 3294 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false, 3295 SpecRange, Hints); 3296 } else { 3297 // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different 3298 // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct 3299 // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message. 3300 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3301 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3302 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy 3303 << E->getSourceRange(), 3304 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, 3305 SpecRange, Hints); 3306 } 3307 } 3308 } else { 3309 const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, 3310 SpecifierLen); 3311 // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions 3312 // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD 3313 // arguments here. 3314 switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) { 3315 case Sema::VAK_Valid: 3316 case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: 3317 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3318 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3319 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy 3320 << CSR 3321 << E->getSourceRange(), 3322 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); 3323 break; 3324 3325 case Sema::VAK_Undefined: 3326 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3327 S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string) 3328 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3329 << ExprTy 3330 << CallType 3331 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) 3332 << CSR 3333 << E->getSourceRange(), 3334 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); 3335 checkForCStrMembers(AT, E); 3336 break; 3337 3338 case Sema::VAK_Invalid: 3339 if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType()) 3340 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3341 S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format) 3342 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3343 << ExprTy 3344 << CallType 3345 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) 3346 << CSR 3347 << E->getSourceRange(), 3348 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); 3349 else 3350 // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces 3351 // or inserting a cast to the target type. 3352 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format) 3353 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType 3354 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) 3355 << E->getSourceRange(); 3356 break; 3357 } 3358 3359 assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() && 3360 "format string specifier index out of range"); 3361 CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true; 3362 } 3363 3364 return true; 3365 } 3366 3367 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===// 3368 3369 namespace { 3370 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler { 3371 public: 3372 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, 3373 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, 3374 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, 3375 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 3376 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, 3377 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, 3378 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) 3379 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg, 3380 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, 3381 Args, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, 3382 CheckedVarArgs) 3383 {} 3384 3385 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, 3386 const char *startSpecifier, 3387 unsigned specifierLen); 3388 3389 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier( 3390 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, 3391 const char *startSpecifier, 3392 unsigned specifierLen); 3393 3394 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end); 3395 }; 3396 } 3397 3398 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, 3399 const char *end) { 3400 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete), 3401 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true, 3402 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start)); 3403 } 3404 3405 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier( 3406 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, 3407 const char *startSpecifier, 3408 unsigned specifierLen) { 3409 3410 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = 3411 FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 3412 3413 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(), 3414 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 3415 startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3416 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); 3417 } 3418 3419 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier( 3420 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, 3421 const char *startSpecifier, 3422 unsigned specifierLen) { 3423 3424 using namespace analyze_scanf; 3425 using namespace analyze_format_string; 3426 3427 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 3428 3429 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't 3430 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently. 3431 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) { 3432 if (atFirstArg) { 3433 atFirstArg = false; 3434 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg(); 3435 } 3436 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) { 3437 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 3438 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3439 return false; 3440 } 3441 } 3442 3443 // Check if the field with is non-zero. 3444 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth(); 3445 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) { 3446 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) { 3447 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(), 3448 Amt.getConstantLength()); 3449 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width), 3450 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), 3451 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R, 3452 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R)); 3453 } 3454 } 3455 3456 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) { 3457 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here 3458 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point. 3459 return true; 3460 } 3461 3462 // Consume the argument. 3463 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex(); 3464 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { 3465 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later. 3466 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this 3467 // function if we encounter some other error. 3468 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); 3469 } 3470 3471 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier. 3472 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo())) 3473 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3474 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length); 3475 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier()) 3476 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3477 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination()) 3478 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3479 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec); 3480 3481 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts())) 3482 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3483 3484 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments. 3485 if (HasVAListArg) 3486 return true; 3487 3488 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex)) 3489 return false; 3490 3491 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier. 3492 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex); 3493 if (!Ex) 3494 return true; 3495 3496 const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context); 3497 if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) { 3498 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS; 3499 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOpts(), 3500 S.Context); 3501 3502 if (success) { 3503 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier. 3504 SmallString<128> buf; 3505 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf); 3506 fixedFS.toString(os); 3507 3508 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3509 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3510 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType() 3511 << Ex->getSourceRange(), 3512 Ex->getLocStart(), 3513 /*IsStringLocation*/false, 3514 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 3515 FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 3516 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 3517 os.str())); 3518 } else { 3519 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3520 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3521 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType() 3522 << Ex->getSourceRange(), 3523 Ex->getLocStart(), 3524 /*IsStringLocation*/false, 3525 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 3526 } 3527 } 3528 3529 return true; 3530 } 3531 3532 void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, 3533 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 3534 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 3535 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 3536 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 3537 bool inFunctionCall, VariadicCallType CallType, 3538 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { 3539 3540 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal? 3541 if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) { 3542 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3543 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], 3544 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(), 3545 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); 3546 return; 3547 } 3548 3549 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated! 3550 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString(); 3551 const char *Str = StrRef.data(); 3552 // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration. 3553 const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType()); 3554 assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!"); 3555 size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3556 size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size()); 3557 const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg; 3558 3559 // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an 3560 // embedded null character. 3561 if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() && 3562 StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) { 3563 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3564 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], 3565 PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated), 3566 FExpr->getLocStart(), 3567 /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); 3568 return; 3569 } 3570 3571 // CHECK: empty format string? 3572 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) { 3573 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3574 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], 3575 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(), 3576 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); 3577 return; 3578 } 3579 3580 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) { 3581 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, 3582 numDataArgs, (Type == FST_NSString), 3583 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, 3584 inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); 3585 3586 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen, 3587 getLangOpts(), 3588 Context.getTargetInfo())) 3589 H.DoneProcessing(); 3590 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) { 3591 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs, 3592 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, 3593 inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); 3594 3595 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen, 3596 getLangOpts(), 3597 Context.getTargetInfo())) 3598 H.DoneProcessing(); 3599 } // TODO: handle other formats 3600 } 3601 3602 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===// 3603 3604 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one 3605 // does not exist. 3606 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) { 3607 switch (AbsFunction) { 3608 default: 3609 return 0; 3610 3611 case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: 3612 return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs; 3613 case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: 3614 return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs; 3615 case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: 3616 return 0; 3617 3618 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: 3619 return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs; 3620 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: 3621 return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl; 3622 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: 3623 return 0; 3624 3625 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: 3626 return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs; 3627 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: 3628 return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl; 3629 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: 3630 return 0; 3631 3632 case Builtin::BIabs: 3633 return Builtin::BIlabs; 3634 case Builtin::BIlabs: 3635 return Builtin::BIllabs; 3636 case Builtin::BIllabs: 3637 return 0; 3638 3639 case Builtin::BIfabsf: 3640 return Builtin::BIfabs; 3641 case Builtin::BIfabs: 3642 return Builtin::BIfabsl; 3643 case Builtin::BIfabsl: 3644 return 0; 3645 3646 case Builtin::BIcabsf: 3647 return Builtin::BIcabs; 3648 case Builtin::BIcabs: 3649 return Builtin::BIcabsl; 3650 case Builtin::BIcabsl: 3651 return 0; 3652 } 3653 } 3654 3655 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function. 3656 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context, 3657 unsigned AbsType) { 3658 if (AbsType == 0) 3659 return QualType(); 3660 3661 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None; 3662 QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error); 3663 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None) 3664 return QualType(); 3665 3666 const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3667 if (!FT) 3668 return QualType(); 3669 3670 if (FT->getNumParams() != 1) 3671 return QualType(); 3672 3673 return FT->getParamType(0); 3674 } 3675 3676 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and 3677 // current absolute value function. 3678 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType, 3679 unsigned AbsFunctionKind) { 3680 unsigned BestKind = 0; 3681 uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType); 3682 for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0; 3683 Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) { 3684 QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind); 3685 if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) { 3686 if (BestKind == 0) 3687 BestKind = Kind; 3688 else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) { 3689 BestKind = Kind; 3690 break; 3691 } 3692 } 3693 } 3694 return BestKind; 3695 } 3696 3697 enum AbsoluteValueKind { 3698 AVK_Integer, 3699 AVK_Floating, 3700 AVK_Complex 3701 }; 3702 3703 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) { 3704 if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 3705 return AVK_Integer; 3706 if (T->isRealFloatingType()) 3707 return AVK_Floating; 3708 if (T->isAnyComplexType()) 3709 return AVK_Complex; 3710 3711 llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex"); 3712 } 3713 3714 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type. Preserves whether 3715 // the function is a builtin. 3716 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind, 3717 AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) { 3718 switch (ValueKind) { 3719 case AVK_Integer: 3720 switch (AbsKind) { 3721 default: 3722 return 0; 3723 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: 3724 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: 3725 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: 3726 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: 3727 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: 3728 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: 3729 return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs; 3730 case Builtin::BIfabsf: 3731 case Builtin::BIfabs: 3732 case Builtin::BIfabsl: 3733 case Builtin::BIcabsf: 3734 case Builtin::BIcabs: 3735 case Builtin::BIcabsl: 3736 return Builtin::BIabs; 3737 } 3738 case AVK_Floating: 3739 switch (AbsKind) { 3740 default: 3741 return 0; 3742 case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: 3743 case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: 3744 case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: 3745 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: 3746 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: 3747 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: 3748 return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf; 3749 case Builtin::BIabs: 3750 case Builtin::BIlabs: 3751 case Builtin::BIllabs: 3752 case Builtin::BIcabsf: 3753 case Builtin::BIcabs: 3754 case Builtin::BIcabsl: 3755 return Builtin::BIfabsf; 3756 } 3757 case AVK_Complex: 3758 switch (AbsKind) { 3759 default: 3760 return 0; 3761 case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: 3762 case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: 3763 case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: 3764 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: 3765 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: 3766 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: 3767 return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf; 3768 case Builtin::BIabs: 3769 case Builtin::BIlabs: 3770 case Builtin::BIllabs: 3771 case Builtin::BIfabsf: 3772 case Builtin::BIfabs: 3773 case Builtin::BIfabsl: 3774 return Builtin::BIcabsf; 3775 } 3776 } 3777 llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function"); 3778 } 3779 3780 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) { 3781 const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier(); 3782 if (!FnInfo) 3783 return 0; 3784 3785 switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) { 3786 default: 3787 return 0; 3788 case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: 3789 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: 3790 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: 3791 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: 3792 case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: 3793 case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: 3794 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: 3795 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: 3796 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: 3797 case Builtin::BIabs: 3798 case Builtin::BIlabs: 3799 case Builtin::BIllabs: 3800 case Builtin::BIfabs: 3801 case Builtin::BIfabsf: 3802 case Builtin::BIfabsl: 3803 case Builtin::BIcabs: 3804 case Builtin::BIcabsf: 3805 case Builtin::BIcabsl: 3806 return FDecl->getBuiltinID(); 3807 } 3808 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type"); 3809 } 3810 3811 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function. 3812 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included. 3813 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 3814 unsigned AbsKind) { 3815 std::string AbsName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(AbsKind); 3816 3817 // Look up absolute value function in TU scope. 3818 DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(AbsName)); 3819 LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName); 3820 S.LookupName(R, S.TUScope); 3821 3822 // Skip notes if multiple results found in lookup. 3823 if (!R.empty() && !R.isSingleResult()) 3824 return; 3825 3826 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 3827 bool FoundFunction = R.isSingleResult(); 3828 // When one result is found, see if it is the correct function. 3829 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 3830 FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); 3831 if (!FD || FD->getBuiltinID() != AbsKind) 3832 return; 3833 } 3834 3835 // Look for local name conflict, prepend "::" as necessary. 3836 R.clear(); 3837 S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope()); 3838 3839 if (!FoundFunction) { 3840 if (!R.empty()) { 3841 AbsName = "::" + AbsName; 3842 } 3843 } else { // FoundFunction 3844 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 3845 if (R.getFoundDecl() != FD) { 3846 AbsName = "::" + AbsName; 3847 } 3848 } else if (!R.empty()) { 3849 AbsName = "::" + AbsName; 3850 } 3851 } 3852 3853 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function) 3854 << AbsName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, AbsName); 3855 3856 if (!FoundFunction) { 3857 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 3858 << S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind) 3859 << S.Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(AbsKind); 3860 } 3861 } 3862 3863 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function. 3864 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, 3865 const FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3866 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) { 3867 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) 3868 return; 3869 3870 unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl); 3871 if (AbsKind == 0) 3872 return; 3873 3874 QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(); 3875 QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType(); 3876 3877 // Unsigned types can not be negative. Suggest to drop the absolute value 3878 // function. 3879 if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) { 3880 Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType; 3881 Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs) 3882 << FDecl 3883 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); 3884 return; 3885 } 3886 3887 AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType); 3888 AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType); 3889 3890 // The argument and parameter are the same kind. Check if they are the right 3891 // size. 3892 if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) { 3893 if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) 3894 return; 3895 3896 unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind); 3897 Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small) 3898 << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType; 3899 3900 if (NewAbsKind == 0) 3901 return; 3902 3903 emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(), 3904 Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind); 3905 return; 3906 } 3907 3908 // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind 3909 // The wrong type of absolute value function was used. Attempt to find the 3910 // proper one. 3911 unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind); 3912 NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind); 3913 if (NewAbsKind == 0) 3914 return; 3915 3916 Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type) 3917 << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind; 3918 3919 emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(), 3920 Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind); 3921 return; 3922 } 3923 3924 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===// 3925 3926 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions 3927 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison. 3928 /// 3929 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`. 3930 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E, 3931 IdentifierInfo *FnName, 3932 SourceLocation FnLoc, 3933 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 3934 const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E); 3935 if (!Size) 3936 return false; 3937 3938 // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||: 3939 if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp()) 3940 return false; 3941 3942 Preprocessor &PP = S.getPreprocessor(); 3943 SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange(); 3944 S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison) 3945 << SizeRange << FnName; 3946 S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::warn_memsize_comparison_paren_note) 3947 << FnName 3948 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3949 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), 3950 ")") 3951 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc); 3952 S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison_cast_note) 3953 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(") 3954 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3955 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()), ")"); 3956 3957 return true; 3958 } 3959 3960 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g., 3961 /// whether it has a vtable). 3962 static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) { 3963 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3964 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition()) 3965 if (Definition->isDynamicClass()) 3966 return true; 3967 3968 return false; 3969 } 3970 3971 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression, 3972 /// otherwise returns NULL. 3973 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) { 3974 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf = 3975 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) 3976 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType()) 3977 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 3978 3979 return 0; 3980 } 3981 3982 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type. 3983 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) { 3984 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf = 3985 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) 3986 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf) 3987 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument(); 3988 3989 return QualType(); 3990 } 3991 3992 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset(). 3993 /// 3994 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified 3995 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp' 3996 /// function calls. 3997 /// 3998 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose. 3999 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 4000 unsigned BId, 4001 IdentifierInfo *FnName) { 4002 assert(BId != 0); 4003 4004 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate 4005 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking. 4006 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3); 4007 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs) 4008 return; 4009 4010 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || 4011 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2); 4012 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2); 4013 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4014 4015 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName, 4016 Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc())) 4017 return; 4018 4019 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression. 4020 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr); 4021 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr); 4022 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID; 4023 4024 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) { 4025 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4026 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange(); 4027 4028 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType(); 4029 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4030 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType(); 4031 4032 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress 4033 // false positives. 4034 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) 4035 continue; 4036 4037 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by 4038 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the 4039 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is 4040 // enabled. 4041 if (SizeOfArg && 4042 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, 4043 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) { 4044 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and 4045 // cache the sizeof arg's ID. 4046 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID()) 4047 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true); 4048 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID; 4049 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true); 4050 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) { 4051 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst) 4052 // over sizeof(src) as well. 4053 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing. 4054 StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName(); 4055 4056 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest)) 4057 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) 4058 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it. 4059 if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() && 4060 (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())) 4061 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char), 4062 // suggest an explicit length. 4063 4064 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro 4065 // expansion. 4066 SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc(); 4067 SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange(); 4068 SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange(); 4069 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager(); 4070 4071 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) { 4072 ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts); 4073 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL); 4074 DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()), 4075 SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd())); 4076 SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()), 4077 SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd())); 4078 } 4079 4080 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg, 4081 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess) 4082 << ReadableName 4083 << PointeeTy 4084 << DestTy 4085 << DSR 4086 << SSR); 4087 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg, 4088 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note) 4089 << ActionIdx 4090 << SSR); 4091 4092 break; 4093 } 4094 } 4095 4096 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same 4097 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined 4098 // record type. 4099 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) { 4100 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() && 4101 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) { 4102 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest, 4103 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess) 4104 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx 4105 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange() 4106 << LenExpr->getSourceRange()); 4107 break; 4108 } 4109 } 4110 4111 // Always complain about dynamic classes. 4112 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) { 4113 4114 unsigned OperationType = 0; 4115 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call 4116 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call. 4117 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) { 4118 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy) 4119 OperationType = 1; 4120 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove) 4121 OperationType = 2; 4122 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) 4123 OperationType = 3; 4124 } 4125 4126 DiagRuntimeBehavior( 4127 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, 4128 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess) 4129 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx) 4130 << FnName << PointeeTy 4131 << OperationType 4132 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); 4133 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && 4134 BId != Builtin::BImemset) 4135 DiagRuntimeBehavior( 4136 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, 4137 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess) 4138 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy 4139 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); 4140 else 4141 continue; 4142 4143 DiagRuntimeBehavior( 4144 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, 4145 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence) 4146 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)")); 4147 break; 4148 } 4149 } 4150 } 4151 4152 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals. 4153 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because 4154 // we don't want to remove sizeof(). 4155 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) { 4156 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4157 4158 for (;;) { 4159 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex); 4160 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp()) 4161 break; 4162 4163 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4164 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4165 4166 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS)) 4167 Ex = LHS; 4168 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS)) 4169 Ex = RHS; 4170 else 4171 break; 4172 } 4173 4174 return Ex; 4175 } 4176 4177 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty, 4178 ASTContext &Context) { 4179 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members. 4180 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 4181 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1. 4182 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1) 4183 return false; 4184 } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 4185 return false; 4186 } 4187 return true; 4188 } 4189 4190 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat 4191 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination. 4192 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 4193 IdentifierInfo *FnName) { 4194 4195 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments 4196 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3) 4197 return; 4198 4199 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context); 4200 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context); 4201 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL; 4202 4203 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName, 4204 Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc())) 4205 return; 4206 4207 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))' 4208 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg)) 4209 CompareWithSrc = Ex; 4210 else { 4211 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))' 4212 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) { 4213 if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen && 4214 SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1) 4215 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context); 4216 } 4217 } 4218 4219 if (!CompareWithSrc) 4220 return; 4221 4222 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source 4223 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do 4224 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with 4225 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique: 4226 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg); 4227 if (!SrcArgDRE) 4228 return; 4229 4230 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc); 4231 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE || 4232 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl()) 4233 return; 4234 4235 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2); 4236 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size) 4237 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName; 4238 4239 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a 4240 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some 4241 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2' 4242 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'. 4243 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4244 if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context)) 4245 return; 4246 4247 SmallString<128> sizeString; 4248 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString); 4249 OS << "sizeof("; 4250 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy()); 4251 OS << ")"; 4252 4253 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size) 4254 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(), 4255 OS.str()); 4256 } 4257 4258 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration. 4259 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) { 4260 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1)) 4261 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2)) 4262 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl(); 4263 return false; 4264 } 4265 4266 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) { 4267 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 4268 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee(); 4269 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen) 4270 return 0; 4271 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4272 } 4273 return 0; 4274 } 4275 4276 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat. 4277 // The correct size argument should look like following: 4278 // strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1); 4279 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE, 4280 IdentifierInfo *FnName) { 4281 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments. 4282 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3) 4283 return; 4284 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4285 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4286 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4287 4288 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(), 4289 CE->getRParenLoc())) 4290 return; 4291 4292 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument 4293 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows. 4294 unsigned PatternType = 0; 4295 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) { 4296 // - sizeof(dst) 4297 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg)) 4298 PatternType = 1; 4299 // - sizeof(src) 4300 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg)) 4301 PatternType = 2; 4302 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) { 4303 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) { 4304 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4305 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4306 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst) 4307 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) && 4308 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R))) 4309 PatternType = 1; 4310 // - sizeof(src) - (anything) 4311 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L))) 4312 PatternType = 2; 4313 } 4314 } 4315 4316 if (PatternType == 0) 4317 return; 4318 4319 // Generate the diagnostic. 4320 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart(); 4321 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange(); 4322 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager(); 4323 4324 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion. 4325 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) { 4326 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL); 4327 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()), 4328 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd())); 4329 } 4330 4331 // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array). 4332 QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType(); 4333 bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy, 4334 Context); 4335 if (!isKnownSizeArray) { 4336 if (PatternType == 1) 4337 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR; 4338 else 4339 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR; 4340 return; 4341 } 4342 4343 if (PatternType == 1) 4344 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR; 4345 else 4346 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR; 4347 4348 SmallString<128> sizeString; 4349 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString); 4350 OS << "sizeof("; 4351 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy()); 4352 OS << ") - "; 4353 OS << "strlen("; 4354 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy()); 4355 OS << ") - 1"; 4356 4357 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size) 4358 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str()); 4359 } 4360 4361 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===// 4362 4363 static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, 4364 Decl *ParentDecl); 4365 static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, 4366 Decl *ParentDecl); 4367 4368 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address 4369 /// of a stack variable. 4370 static void 4371 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 4372 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) { 4373 4374 Expr *stackE = 0; 4375 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars; 4376 4377 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks, 4378 // label addresses or references to temporaries. 4379 if (lhsType->isPointerType() || 4380 (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) { 4381 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0); 4382 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) { 4383 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0); 4384 } 4385 4386 if (stackE == 0) 4387 return; // Nothing suspicious was found. 4388 4389 SourceLocation diagLoc; 4390 SourceRange diagRange; 4391 if (refVars.empty()) { 4392 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart(); 4393 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange(); 4394 } else { 4395 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the 4396 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing 4397 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of 4398 // reference variables using notes. 4399 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart(); 4400 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange(); 4401 } 4402 4403 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var. 4404 S.Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref 4405 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr) 4406 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange; 4407 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block. 4408 S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange; 4409 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label. 4410 S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange; 4411 } else { // local temporary. 4412 S.Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref 4413 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr) 4414 << diagRange; 4415 } 4416 4417 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we 4418 // found the problematic expression using notes. 4419 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4420 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl()); 4421 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next 4422 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case 4423 // show the range of the expression. 4424 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange() 4425 : stackE->getSourceRange(); 4426 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind) 4427 << VD->getDeclName() << range; 4428 } 4429 } 4430 4431 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that 4432 /// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address 4433 /// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a 4434 /// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the 4435 /// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we 4436 /// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the 4437 /// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to 4438 /// a problematic expression based on such local checking. 4439 /// 4440 /// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate 4441 /// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the 4442 /// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was. 4443 /// 4444 /// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as 4445 /// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values. 4446 /// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic 4447 /// expressions. 4448 /// 4449 /// This implementation handles: 4450 /// 4451 /// * pointer-to-pointer casts 4452 /// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers 4453 /// * taking the address of fields 4454 /// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators 4455 /// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable 4456 /// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack 4457 static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, 4458 Decl *ParentDecl) { 4459 if (E->isTypeDependent()) 4460 return NULL; 4461 4462 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions. 4463 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() || 4464 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() || 4465 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && 4466 "EvalAddr only works on pointers"); 4467 4468 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 4469 4470 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently 4471 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling 4472 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately. 4473 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 4474 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { 4475 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 4476 4477 // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end. 4478 if (DR->refersToEnclosingLocal()) 4479 return 0; 4480 4481 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) 4482 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that 4483 // it points to. 4484 if (V->hasLocalStorage() && 4485 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) { 4486 // Add the reference variable to the "trail". 4487 refVars.push_back(DR); 4488 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4489 } 4490 4491 return NULL; 4492 } 4493 4494 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 4495 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here 4496 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers. 4497 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); 4498 4499 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) 4500 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4501 else 4502 return NULL; 4503 } 4504 4505 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: { 4506 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid 4507 // in this context. 4508 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); 4509 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode(); 4510 4511 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub) 4512 return NULL; 4513 4514 Expr *Base = B->getLHS(); 4515 4516 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be 4517 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS. 4518 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS(); 4519 4520 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType()); 4521 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl); 4522 } 4523 4524 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are 4525 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it. 4526 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 4527 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); 4528 4529 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS. 4530 // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here. 4531 if (Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) { 4532 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. 4533 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) 4534 if (Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl)) 4535 return LHS; 4536 } 4537 4538 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. 4539 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType()) 4540 return 0; 4541 4542 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4543 } 4544 4545 case Stmt::BlockExprClass: 4546 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) 4547 return E; // local block. 4548 return NULL; 4549 4550 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass: 4551 return E; // address of label. 4552 4553 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass: 4554 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars, 4555 ParentDecl); 4556 4557 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to 4558 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions. 4559 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: 4560 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass: 4561 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass: 4562 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: 4563 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass: 4564 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass: 4565 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass: 4566 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: { 4567 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); 4568 switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) { 4569 case CK_BitCast: 4570 case CK_LValueToRValue: 4571 case CK_NoOp: 4572 case CK_BaseToDerived: 4573 case CK_DerivedToBase: 4574 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: 4575 case CK_Dynamic: 4576 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast: 4577 case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast: 4578 case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast: 4579 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl); 4580 4581 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: 4582 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl); 4583 4584 default: 4585 return 0; 4586 } 4587 } 4588 4589 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: 4590 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr( 4591 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(), 4592 refVars, ParentDecl)) 4593 return Result; 4594 4595 return E; 4596 4597 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them. 4598 default: 4599 return NULL; 4600 } 4601 } 4602 4603 4604 /// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion. 4605 /// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details. 4606 static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, 4607 Decl *ParentDecl) { 4608 do { 4609 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or 4610 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead 4611 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type). 4612 4613 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently 4614 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling 4615 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately. 4616 4617 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 4618 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 4619 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { 4620 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); 4621 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) { 4622 E = IE->getSubExpr(); 4623 continue; 4624 } 4625 return NULL; 4626 } 4627 4628 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass: 4629 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,ParentDecl); 4630 4631 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { 4632 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a 4633 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has 4634 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression. 4635 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 4636 4637 // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end. 4638 if (DR->refersToEnclosingLocal()) 4639 return 0; 4640 4641 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { 4642 // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;". 4643 if (V == ParentDecl) 4644 return DR; 4645 4646 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) { 4647 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType()) 4648 return DR; 4649 4650 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that 4651 // it points to. 4652 if (V->hasInit()) { 4653 // Add the reference variable to the "trail". 4654 refVars.push_back(DR); 4655 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V); 4656 } 4657 } 4658 } 4659 4660 return NULL; 4661 } 4662 4663 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 4664 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here 4665 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes 4666 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator. 4667 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); 4668 4669 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 4670 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4671 4672 return NULL; 4673 } 4674 4675 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { 4676 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We 4677 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed 4678 // has local storage. 4679 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,ParentDecl); 4680 } 4681 4682 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 4683 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are 4684 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it. 4685 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); 4686 4687 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS. 4688 if (Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) { 4689 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. 4690 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) 4691 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl)) 4692 return LHS; 4693 } 4694 4695 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. 4696 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType()) 4697 return 0; 4698 4699 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4700 } 4701 4702 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack. 4703 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: { 4704 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E); 4705 4706 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses. 4707 if (M->isArrow()) 4708 return NULL; 4709 4710 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case 4711 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to. 4712 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) 4713 return NULL; 4714 4715 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4716 } 4717 4718 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: 4719 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal( 4720 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(), 4721 refVars, ParentDecl)) 4722 return Result; 4723 4724 return E; 4725 4726 default: 4727 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a 4728 // temporary. This is only useful in C++. 4729 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue()) 4730 return E; 4731 4732 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them. 4733 return NULL; 4734 } 4735 } while (true); 4736 } 4737 4738 void 4739 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 4740 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 4741 bool isObjCMethod, 4742 const AttrVec *Attrs, 4743 const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4744 CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc); 4745 4746 // Check if the return value is null but should not be. 4747 if (Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs) && 4748 CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp)) 4749 Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret) 4750 << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange(); 4751 4752 // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4: 4753 // If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing 4754 // exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return 4755 // a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate 4756 // storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...] 4757 if (FD) { 4758 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator(); 4759 if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) { 4760 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 4761 = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4762 if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) && 4763 CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp)) 4764 Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null) 4765 << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 4766 } 4767 } 4768 } 4769 4770 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===// 4771 4772 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. 4773 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely 4774 /// to do what the programmer intended. 4775 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) { 4776 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4777 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4778 4779 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK). 4780 // Do not emit warnings for such cases. 4781 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen)) 4782 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen)) 4783 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl()) 4784 return; 4785 4786 4787 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly 4788 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This 4789 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to 4790 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can 4791 // lead to false negatives. 4792 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) { 4793 if (FLL->isExact()) 4794 return; 4795 } else 4796 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen)) 4797 if (FLR->isExact()) 4798 return; 4799 4800 // Check for comparisons with builtin types. 4801 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen)) 4802 if (CL->getBuiltinCallee()) 4803 return; 4804 4805 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen)) 4806 if (CR->getBuiltinCallee()) 4807 return; 4808 4809 // Emit the diagnostic. 4810 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq) 4811 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 4812 } 4813 4814 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===// 4815 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===// 4816 4817 namespace { 4818 4819 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued 4820 /// expression. 4821 struct IntRange { 4822 /// The number of bits active in the int. 4823 unsigned Width; 4824 4825 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values. 4826 bool NonNegative; 4827 4828 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative) 4829 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative) 4830 {} 4831 4832 /// Returns the range of the bool type. 4833 static IntRange forBoolType() { 4834 return IntRange(1, true); 4835 } 4836 4837 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type. 4838 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) { 4839 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C, 4840 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr()); 4841 } 4842 4843 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type. 4844 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) { 4845 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 4846 4847 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T)) 4848 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 4849 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T)) 4850 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 4851 4852 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators. 4853 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) { 4854 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4855 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition()) 4856 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false); 4857 4858 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits(); 4859 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits(); 4860 4861 if (NumNegative == 0) 4862 return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/); 4863 else 4864 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative), 4865 false/*NonNegative*/); 4866 } 4867 4868 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T); 4869 assert(BT->isInteger()); 4870 4871 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger()); 4872 } 4873 4874 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e. 4875 /// the range of values expressible in the type. 4876 /// 4877 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the 4878 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators. 4879 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) { 4880 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 4881 4882 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T)) 4883 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 4884 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T)) 4885 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 4886 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 4887 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr(); 4888 4889 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T); 4890 assert(BT->isInteger()); 4891 4892 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger()); 4893 } 4894 4895 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge. 4896 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) { 4897 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width), 4898 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative); 4899 } 4900 4901 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge. 4902 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) { 4903 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width), 4904 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative); 4905 } 4906 }; 4907 4908 static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, 4909 unsigned MaxWidth) { 4910 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative()) 4911 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false); 4912 4913 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth) 4914 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth); 4915 4916 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering 4917 // signedness. 4918 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true); 4919 } 4920 4921 static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty, 4922 unsigned MaxWidth) { 4923 if (result.isInt()) 4924 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth); 4925 4926 if (result.isVector()) { 4927 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth); 4928 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) { 4929 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth); 4930 R = IntRange::join(R, El); 4931 } 4932 return R; 4933 } 4934 4935 if (result.isComplexInt()) { 4936 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth); 4937 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth); 4938 return IntRange::join(R, I); 4939 } 4940 4941 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues. 4942 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits. 4943 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get 4944 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue 4945 // preserved this. 4946 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff()); 4947 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 4948 } 4949 4950 static QualType GetExprType(Expr *E) { 4951 QualType Ty = E->getType(); 4952 if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>()) 4953 Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType(); 4954 return Ty; 4955 } 4956 4957 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the 4958 /// range of values it might take. 4959 /// 4960 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated 4961 static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) { 4962 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 4963 4964 // Try a full evaluation first. 4965 Expr::EvalResult result; 4966 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C)) 4967 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth); 4968 4969 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the 4970 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as 4971 // being of the new, wider type. 4972 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { 4973 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 4974 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth); 4975 4976 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE)); 4977 4978 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast); 4979 4980 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type. 4981 if (!isIntegerCast) 4982 return OutputTypeRange; 4983 4984 IntRange SubRange 4985 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), 4986 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width)); 4987 4988 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type. 4989 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width) 4990 return OutputTypeRange; 4991 4992 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if 4993 // either the output type or the subexpr is. 4994 return IntRange(SubRange.Width, 4995 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative); 4996 } 4997 4998 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 4999 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand. 5000 bool CondResult; 5001 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C)) 5002 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr() 5003 : CO->getFalseExpr(), 5004 MaxWidth); 5005 5006 // Otherwise, conservatively merge. 5007 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth); 5008 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth); 5009 return IntRange::join(L, R); 5010 } 5011 5012 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5013 switch (BO->getOpcode()) { 5014 5015 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive. 5016 case BO_LAnd: 5017 case BO_LOr: 5018 case BO_LT: 5019 case BO_GT: 5020 case BO_LE: 5021 case BO_GE: 5022 case BO_EQ: 5023 case BO_NE: 5024 return IntRange::forBoolType(); 5025 5026 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS 5027 // is not necessarily the same type. 5028 case BO_MulAssign: 5029 case BO_DivAssign: 5030 case BO_RemAssign: 5031 case BO_AddAssign: 5032 case BO_SubAssign: 5033 case BO_XorAssign: 5034 case BO_OrAssign: 5035 // TODO: bitfields? 5036 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5037 5038 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have 5039 // been coerced to the LHS type. 5040 case BO_Assign: 5041 // TODO: bitfields? 5042 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); 5043 5044 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed. 5045 case BO_PtrMemD: 5046 case BO_PtrMemI: 5047 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5048 5049 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges. 5050 case BO_And: 5051 case BO_AndAssign: 5052 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth), 5053 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth)); 5054 5055 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call. 5056 case BO_Shl: 5057 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically 5058 // positive. It's an important idiom. 5059 if (IntegerLiteral *I 5060 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { 5061 if (I->getValue() == 1) { 5062 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5063 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true); 5064 } 5065 } 5066 // fallthrough 5067 5068 case BO_ShlAssign: 5069 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5070 5071 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument. 5072 case BO_Shr: 5073 case BO_ShrAssign: { 5074 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth); 5075 5076 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by 5077 // that much. 5078 llvm::APSInt shift; 5079 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) && 5080 shift.isNonNegative()) { 5081 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue(); 5082 if (zext >= L.Width) 5083 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1); 5084 else 5085 L.Width -= zext; 5086 } 5087 5088 return L; 5089 } 5090 5091 // Comma acts as its right operand. 5092 case BO_Comma: 5093 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); 5094 5095 // Black-list pointer subtractions. 5096 case BO_Sub: 5097 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) 5098 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5099 break; 5100 5101 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size 5102 // of the LHS. 5103 case BO_Div: { 5104 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands. 5105 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)); 5106 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth); 5107 5108 // If the divisor is constant, use that. 5109 llvm::APSInt divisor; 5110 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) { 5111 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor)) 5112 if (log2 >= L.Width) 5113 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1); 5114 else 5115 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth); 5116 return L; 5117 } 5118 5119 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width. 5120 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth); 5121 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative); 5122 } 5123 5124 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of 5125 // either side. 5126 case BO_Rem: { 5127 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands. 5128 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)); 5129 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth); 5130 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth); 5131 5132 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R); 5133 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth); 5134 return meet; 5135 } 5136 5137 // The default behavior is okay for these. 5138 case BO_Mul: 5139 case BO_Add: 5140 case BO_Xor: 5141 case BO_Or: 5142 break; 5143 } 5144 5145 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed 5146 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands. 5147 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth); 5148 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); 5149 return IntRange::join(L, R); 5150 } 5151 5152 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { 5153 switch (UO->getOpcode()) { 5154 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed. 5155 case UO_LNot: 5156 return IntRange::forBoolType(); 5157 5158 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed. 5159 case UO_Deref: 5160 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible 5161 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5162 5163 default: 5164 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth); 5165 } 5166 } 5167 5168 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) 5169 return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth); 5170 5171 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getSourceBitField()) 5172 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C), 5173 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 5174 5175 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5176 } 5177 5178 static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) { 5179 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E))); 5180 } 5181 5182 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given 5183 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the 5184 /// target semantics. 5185 static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value, 5186 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src, 5187 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) { 5188 llvm::APFloat truncated = value; 5189 5190 bool ignored; 5191 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); 5192 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); 5193 5194 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value); 5195 } 5196 5197 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given 5198 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the 5199 /// target semantics. 5200 /// 5201 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number). 5202 static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value, 5203 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src, 5204 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) { 5205 if (value.isFloat()) 5206 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt); 5207 5208 if (value.isVector()) { 5209 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) 5210 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt)) 5211 return false; 5212 return true; 5213 } 5214 5215 assert(value.isComplexFloat()); 5216 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) && 5217 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt)); 5218 } 5219 5220 static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); 5221 5222 static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) { 5223 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant. 5224 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = 5225 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) 5226 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl())) 5227 return false; 5228 5229 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro. 5230 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID()) 5231 return false; 5232 5233 llvm::APSInt Value; 5234 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0; 5235 } 5236 5237 static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) { 5238 // Strip off implicit integral promotions. 5239 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { 5240 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast && 5241 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp) 5242 break; 5243 E = ICE->getSubExpr(); 5244 } 5245 5246 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType(); 5247 } 5248 5249 static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { 5250 // Disable warning in template instantiations. 5251 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5252 return; 5253 5254 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode(); 5255 if (E->isValueDependent()) 5256 return; 5257 5258 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) { 5259 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison) 5260 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS()) 5261 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); 5262 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) { 5263 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison) 5264 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS()) 5265 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); 5266 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) { 5267 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison) 5268 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS()) 5269 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); 5270 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) { 5271 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison) 5272 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS()) 5273 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); 5274 } 5275 } 5276 5277 static void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, 5278 Expr *Constant, Expr *Other, 5279 llvm::APSInt Value, 5280 bool RhsConstant) { 5281 // Disable warning in template instantiations. 5282 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5283 return; 5284 5285 // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(). 5286 if (Value == 0) 5287 return; 5288 5289 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode(); 5290 QualType OtherT = Other->getType(); 5291 QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType(); 5292 QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType(); 5293 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT)) 5294 return; 5295 assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) 5296 && "comparison with non-integer type"); 5297 5298 bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType(); 5299 bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType(); 5300 5301 bool EqualityOnly = false; 5302 5303 // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds on 5304 // on the bit ranges. 5305 IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT); 5306 unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width; 5307 5308 if (CommonSigned) { 5309 // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion. 5310 if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) { 5311 // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT. 5312 if (ConstantSigned) { 5313 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits()) 5314 return; 5315 } else { // !ConstantSigned 5316 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1) 5317 return; 5318 } 5319 } else { // !OtherSigned 5320 // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT. 5321 // Negative values are out of range. 5322 if (ConstantSigned) { 5323 if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) 5324 return; 5325 } else { // !ConstantSigned 5326 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) 5327 return; 5328 } 5329 } 5330 } else { // !CommonSigned 5331 if (OtherRange.NonNegative) { 5332 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) 5333 return; 5334 } else if (!OtherRange.NonNegative && !ConstantSigned) { 5335 // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT. 5336 if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits()) 5337 return; 5338 // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value 5339 // cast to CommonT. 5340 if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) == S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) && 5341 Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth) 5342 return; 5343 // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent after 5344 // conversion. Relational comparison still works, but equality 5345 // comparisons will be tautological. 5346 EqualityOnly = true; 5347 } else { // OtherSigned && ConstantSigned 5348 assert(0 && "Two signed types converted to unsigned types."); 5349 } 5350 } 5351 5352 bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative(); 5353 5354 bool IsTrue = true; 5355 if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) { 5356 IsTrue = op == BO_NE; 5357 } else if (EqualityOnly) { 5358 return; 5359 } else if (RhsConstant) { 5360 if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE) 5361 IsTrue = !PositiveConstant; 5362 else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE 5363 IsTrue = PositiveConstant; 5364 } else { 5365 if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE) 5366 IsTrue = !PositiveConstant; 5367 else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE 5368 IsTrue = PositiveConstant; 5369 } 5370 5371 // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that 5372 // constant in the diagnostic. 5373 const EnumConstantDecl *ED = 0; 5374 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant)) 5375 ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()); 5376 5377 SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue; 5378 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue); 5379 if (ED) 5380 OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")"; 5381 else 5382 OS << Value; 5383 5384 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E, 5385 S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare) 5386 << OS.str() << OtherT << IsTrue 5387 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() 5388 << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange()); 5389 } 5390 5391 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the 5392 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison. 5393 static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { 5394 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); 5395 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); 5396 } 5397 5398 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare. 5399 /// 5400 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings 5401 static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { 5402 // The type the comparison is being performed in. 5403 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType(); 5404 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()) 5405 && "comparison with mismatched types"); 5406 if (E->isValueDependent()) 5407 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); 5408 5409 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5410 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5411 5412 bool IsComparisonConstant = false; 5413 5414 // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value 5415 // of 'true' or 'false'. 5416 if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { 5417 llvm::APSInt RHSValue; 5418 bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral = 5419 RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context); 5420 llvm::APSInt LHSValue; 5421 bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral = 5422 LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context); 5423 if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral) 5424 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true); 5425 else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral) 5426 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false); 5427 else 5428 IsComparisonConstant = 5429 (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral); 5430 } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()) 5431 IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context); 5432 5433 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral 5434 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and 5435 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about. 5436 // 5437 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions 5438 // whose result is a constant. 5439 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant) 5440 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); 5441 5442 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different 5443 // signedness. 5444 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand; 5445 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) { 5446 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && 5447 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?"); 5448 signedOperand = LHS; 5449 unsignedOperand = RHS; 5450 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) { 5451 signedOperand = RHS; 5452 unsignedOperand = LHS; 5453 } else { 5454 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E); 5455 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); 5456 } 5457 5458 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand. 5459 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand); 5460 5461 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note 5462 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides. 5463 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc()); 5464 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc()); 5465 5466 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire, 5467 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true 5468 // or false. 5469 if (signedRange.NonNegative) 5470 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E); 5471 5472 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a 5473 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand, 5474 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not 5475 // change the result of the comparison. 5476 if (E->isEqualityOp()) { 5477 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T); 5478 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand); 5479 5480 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is 5481 // non-negative. 5482 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?"); 5483 5484 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth) 5485 return; 5486 } 5487 5488 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E, 5489 S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison) 5490 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType() 5491 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange()); 5492 } 5493 5494 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield. 5495 /// 5496 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt. 5497 static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init, 5498 SourceLocation InitLoc) { 5499 assert(Bitfield->isBitField()); 5500 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl()) 5501 return false; 5502 5503 // White-list bool bitfields. 5504 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType()) 5505 return false; 5506 5507 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions. 5508 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() || 5509 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() || 5510 Init->isValueDependent() || 5511 Init->isTypeDependent()) 5512 return false; 5513 5514 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5515 5516 llvm::APSInt Value; 5517 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) 5518 return false; 5519 5520 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth(); 5521 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context); 5522 5523 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth) 5524 return false; 5525 5526 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain. 5527 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth); 5528 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType()); 5529 5530 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value. 5531 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth); 5532 if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue)) 5533 return false; 5534 5535 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and 5536 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1. 5537 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1) 5538 return false; 5539 5540 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10); 5541 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10); 5542 5543 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant) 5544 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType() 5545 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5546 5547 return true; 5548 } 5549 5550 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy 5551 /// operations. 5552 static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { 5553 // Just recurse on the LHS. 5554 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); 5555 5556 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to 5557 // a bitfield. 5558 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) { 5559 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(), 5560 E->getOperatorLoc())) { 5561 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS. 5562 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), 5563 E->getOperatorLoc()); 5564 } 5565 } 5566 5567 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); 5568 } 5569 5570 /// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion. 5571 static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T, 5572 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag, 5573 bool pruneControlFlow = false) { 5574 if (pruneControlFlow) { 5575 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E, 5576 S.PDiag(diag) 5577 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() 5578 << SourceRange(CContext)); 5579 return; 5580 } 5581 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag) 5582 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext); 5583 } 5584 5585 /// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion. 5586 static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, 5587 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag, 5588 bool pruneControlFlow = false) { 5589 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow); 5590 } 5591 5592 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the 5593 /// cast wouldn't lose information. 5594 void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T, 5595 SourceLocation CContext) { 5596 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn. 5597 bool isExact = false; 5598 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue(); 5599 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T), 5600 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()); 5601 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, 5602 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact) 5603 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact) 5604 return; 5605 5606 // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print 5607 // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we 5608 // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases). Ideally, APFloat::toString 5609 // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit 5610 // tricky to implement. 5611 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue; 5612 unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics()); 5613 precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196; 5614 Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision); 5615 5616 SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue; 5617 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) 5618 PrettyTargetValue = IntegerValue == 0 ? "false" : "true"; 5619 else 5620 IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue); 5621 5622 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer) 5623 << FL->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue 5624 << PrettyTargetValue << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext); 5625 } 5626 5627 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) { 5628 if (!Range.Width) return "0"; 5629 5630 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value; 5631 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative); 5632 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width); 5633 return ValueInRange.toString(10); 5634 } 5635 5636 static bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) { 5637 if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex)) 5638 return false; 5639 5640 Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5641 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr(); 5642 const Type *Source = 5643 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr(); 5644 if (Target->isDependentType()) 5645 return false; 5646 5647 const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT = 5648 dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target); 5649 const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source; 5650 5651 return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) && 5652 FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint())); 5653 } 5654 5655 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall, 5656 SourceLocation CC) { 5657 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); 5658 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) { 5659 Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i); 5660 if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true)) 5661 continue; 5662 5663 bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) && 5664 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false)); 5665 IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) && 5666 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false)); 5667 if (IsSwapped) { 5668 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion. 5669 DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), 5670 CurrA->getType(), CC, 5671 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool); 5672 } 5673 } 5674 } 5675 5676 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, 5677 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) { 5678 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return; 5679 5680 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr(); 5681 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr(); 5682 if (Source == Target) return; 5683 if (Target->isDependentType()) return; 5684 5685 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also 5686 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of 5687 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we 5688 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that 5689 // scenario, we just return. 5690 if (CC.isInvalid()) 5691 return; 5692 5693 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool. 5694 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) { 5695 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E)) 5696 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical 5697 // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are 5698 // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions(). 5699 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, 5700 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool); 5701 if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) || 5702 isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5703 // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C 5704 // objects. 5705 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, 5706 diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool); 5707 } 5708 if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) { 5709 // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true. 5710 S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false, 5711 SourceRange(CC)); 5712 } 5713 } 5714 5715 // Strip vector types. 5716 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) { 5717 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) { 5718 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5719 return; 5720 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar); 5721 } 5722 5723 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is 5724 // a bitcast, not a conversion. 5725 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target)) 5726 return; 5727 5728 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5729 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5730 } 5731 5732 // Strip complex types. 5733 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) { 5734 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) { 5735 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5736 return; 5737 5738 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar); 5739 } 5740 5741 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5742 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5743 } 5744 5745 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source); 5746 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target); 5747 5748 // If the source is floating point... 5749 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) { 5750 // ...and the target is floating point... 5751 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) { 5752 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank. 5753 5754 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank. 5755 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) { 5756 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely 5757 // representable in the target type. 5758 Expr::EvalResult result; 5759 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) { 5760 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex. 5761 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val, 5762 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)), 5763 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0)))) 5764 return; 5765 } 5766 5767 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5768 return; 5769 5770 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision); 5771 } 5772 return; 5773 } 5774 5775 // If the target is integral, always warn. 5776 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) { 5777 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5778 return; 5779 5780 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5781 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234" 5782 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE)) 5783 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus) 5784 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5785 5786 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) { 5787 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC); 5788 } else { 5789 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer); 5790 } 5791 } 5792 5793 // If the target is bool, warn if expr is a function or method call. 5794 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) && 5795 isa<CallExpr>(E)) { 5796 // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an 5797 // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result 5798 // is being cast to. 5799 CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E); 5800 unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs(); 5801 if (NumArgs > 0) { 5802 Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1); 5803 Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5804 const Type *InnerType = 5805 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr(); 5806 if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) && (InnerType == Target)) { 5807 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion 5808 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, 5809 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool); 5810 } 5811 } 5812 } 5813 return; 5814 } 5815 5816 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) 5817 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && !Target->isAnyPointerType() 5818 && !Target->isBlockPointerType() && !Target->isMemberPointerType() 5819 && Target->isScalarType() && !Target->isNullPtrType()) { 5820 SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 5821 if (Loc.isMacroID()) 5822 Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first; 5823 if (!Loc.isMacroID() || CC.isMacroID()) 5824 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer) 5825 << T << clang::SourceRange(CC) 5826 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, 5827 S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc)); 5828 } 5829 5830 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType()) 5831 return; 5832 5833 // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool 5834 // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed. 5835 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) 5836 return; 5837 5838 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E); 5839 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target); 5840 5841 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) { 5842 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic. 5843 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too. 5844 llvm::APSInt Value(32); 5845 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) { 5846 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5847 return; 5848 5849 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10); 5850 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange); 5851 5852 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E, 5853 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant) 5854 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue 5855 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange() 5856 << clang::SourceRange(CC)); 5857 return; 5858 } 5859 5860 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion. 5861 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5862 return; 5863 5864 if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64) 5865 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32, 5866 /* pruneControlFlow */ true); 5867 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision); 5868 } 5869 5870 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) || 5871 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative && 5872 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) { 5873 5874 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5875 return; 5876 5877 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign; 5878 5879 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare. 5880 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion. 5881 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic 5882 // in the sign-compare group. 5883 // The conditional-checking code will 5884 if (ICContext) { 5885 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional; 5886 *ICContext = true; 5887 } 5888 5889 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID); 5890 } 5891 5892 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types. 5893 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration 5894 // type, to give us better diagnostics. 5895 QualType SourceType = E->getType(); 5896 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5897 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 5898 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 5899 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 5900 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 5901 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr(); 5902 } 5903 } 5904 5905 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>()) 5906 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>()) 5907 if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() && 5908 TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() && 5909 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) { 5910 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5911 return; 5912 5913 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC, 5914 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types); 5915 } 5916 5917 return; 5918 } 5919 5920 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, 5921 SourceLocation CC, QualType T); 5922 5923 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, 5924 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) { 5925 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5926 5927 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 5928 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T); 5929 5930 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC); 5931 if (E->getType() != T) 5932 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext); 5933 return; 5934 } 5935 5936 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, 5937 SourceLocation CC, QualType T) { 5938 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC); 5939 5940 bool Suspicious = false; 5941 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious); 5942 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious); 5943 5944 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates 5945 // for a signedness conversion to the context type... 5946 if (!Suspicious) return; 5947 5948 // ...but it's currently ignored... 5949 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, 5950 CC)) 5951 return; 5952 5953 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the 5954 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type. 5955 if (E->getType() == T) return; 5956 5957 Suspicious = false; 5958 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), 5959 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious); 5960 if (!Suspicious) 5961 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), 5962 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious); 5963 } 5964 5965 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting 5966 /// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple 5967 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare. 5968 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) { 5969 QualType T = OrigE->getType(); 5970 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5971 5972 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 5973 return; 5974 5975 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they 5976 // were being fed directly into the output. 5977 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 5978 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); 5979 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T); 5980 return; 5981 } 5982 5983 // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls. 5984 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) 5985 CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC); 5986 5987 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped. 5988 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization; 5989 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions. 5990 if (E->getType() != T) 5991 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC); 5992 5993 // Now continue drilling into this expression. 5994 5995 if (PseudoObjectExpr * POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) { 5996 if (POE->getResultExpr()) 5997 E = POE->getResultExpr(); 5998 } 5999 6000 if (const OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) 6001 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC); 6002 6003 // Skip past explicit casts. 6004 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) { 6005 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6006 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC); 6007 } 6008 6009 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6010 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators. 6011 if (BO->isComparisonOp()) 6012 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO); 6013 6014 // And with simple assignments. 6015 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) 6016 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO); 6017 } 6018 6019 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately, 6020 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal 6021 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were 6022 // built into statements. 6023 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return; 6024 6025 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts. 6026 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return; 6027 6028 // Now just recurse over the expression's children. 6029 CC = E->getExprLoc(); 6030 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E); 6031 bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd; 6032 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) { 6033 Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I); 6034 if (!ChildExpr) 6035 continue; 6036 6037 if (IsLogicalAndOperator && 6038 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) 6039 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators. 6040 // This is a common pattern for asserts. 6041 continue; 6042 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC); 6043 } 6044 } 6045 6046 } // end anonymous namespace 6047 6048 enum { 6049 AddressOf, 6050 FunctionPointer, 6051 ArrayPointer 6052 }; 6053 6054 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null. 6055 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer 6056 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is 6057 /// compared to a null pointer 6058 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer 6059 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic 6060 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, 6061 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind, 6062 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) { 6063 6064 // Don't warn inside macros. 6065 if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) 6066 return; 6067 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); 6068 6069 const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; 6070 6071 bool IsAddressOf = false; 6072 6073 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { 6074 if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf) 6075 return; 6076 IsAddressOf = true; 6077 E = UO->getSubExpr(); 6078 } 6079 6080 // Expect to find a single Decl. Skip anything more complicated. 6081 ValueDecl *D = 0; 6082 if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6083 D = R->getDecl(); 6084 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6085 D = M->getMemberDecl(); 6086 } 6087 6088 // Weak Decls can be null. 6089 if (!D || D->isWeak()) 6090 return; 6091 6092 QualType T = D->getType(); 6093 const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType(); 6094 const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType(); 6095 6096 if (IsAddressOf) { 6097 // Address of function is used to silence the function warning. 6098 if (IsFunction) 6099 return; 6100 // Address of reference can be null. 6101 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6102 return; 6103 } 6104 6105 // Found nothing. 6106 if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray) 6107 return; 6108 6109 // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic. 6110 std::string Str; 6111 llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str); 6112 E->printPretty(S, 0, getPrintingPolicy()); 6113 6114 unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare 6115 : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool; 6116 unsigned DiagType; 6117 if (IsAddressOf) 6118 DiagType = AddressOf; 6119 else if (IsFunction) 6120 DiagType = FunctionPointer; 6121 else if (IsArray) 6122 DiagType = ArrayPointer; 6123 else 6124 llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic."); 6125 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange() 6126 << Range << IsEqual; 6127 6128 if (!IsFunction) 6129 return; 6130 6131 // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning. 6132 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence) 6133 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&"); 6134 6135 // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted. 6136 QualType ReturnType; 6137 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads; 6138 tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads); 6139 if (ReturnType.isNull()) 6140 return; 6141 6142 if (IsCompare) { 6143 // There are two cases here. If there is null constant, the only suggest 6144 // for a pointer return type. If the null is 0, then suggest if the return 6145 // type is a pointer or an integer type. 6146 if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) { 6147 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression || 6148 NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) { 6149 if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType()) 6150 return; 6151 } else { 6152 return; 6153 } 6154 } 6155 } else { // !IsCompare 6156 // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool 6157 // return type. 6158 if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) 6159 return; 6160 } 6161 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call) 6162 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6163 getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()"); 6164 } 6165 6166 6167 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given 6168 /// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion 6169 /// and -Wsign-compare. 6170 /// 6171 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e. 6172 /// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit 6173 /// conversion 6174 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) { 6175 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts. 6176 if (isUnevaluatedContext()) 6177 return; 6178 6179 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions. 6180 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 6181 return; 6182 6183 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered 6184 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an 6185 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization. 6186 CheckArrayAccess(E); 6187 6188 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization. 6189 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC); 6190 } 6191 6192 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation 6193 /// results in integer overflow 6194 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) { 6195 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) 6196 E->EvaluateForOverflow(Context); 6197 } 6198 6199 namespace { 6200 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the 6201 /// same object. 6202 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> { 6203 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base; 6204 6205 /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are 6206 /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we 6207 /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma 6208 /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are 6209 /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later. 6210 class SequenceTree { 6211 struct Value { 6212 explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {} 6213 unsigned Parent : 31; 6214 bool Merged : 1; 6215 }; 6216 SmallVector<Value, 8> Values; 6217 6218 public: 6219 /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect 6220 /// to some other region. 6221 class Seq { 6222 explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {} 6223 unsigned Index; 6224 friend class SequenceTree; 6225 public: 6226 Seq() : Index(0) {} 6227 }; 6228 6229 SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); } 6230 Seq root() const { return Seq(0); } 6231 6232 /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced 6233 /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with 6234 /// respect to other children of \p Parent. 6235 Seq allocate(Seq Parent) { 6236 Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index)); 6237 return Seq(Values.size() - 1); 6238 } 6239 6240 /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent. 6241 void merge(Seq S) { 6242 Values[S.Index].Merged = true; 6243 } 6244 6245 /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation 6246 /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old 6247 /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate. 6248 bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) { 6249 unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index); 6250 unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index); 6251 while (C >= Target) { 6252 if (C == Target) 6253 return true; 6254 C = Values[C].Parent; 6255 } 6256 return false; 6257 } 6258 6259 private: 6260 /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence. 6261 unsigned representative(unsigned K) { 6262 if (Values[K].Merged) 6263 // Perform path compression as we go. 6264 return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent); 6265 return K; 6266 } 6267 }; 6268 6269 /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses. 6270 typedef NamedDecl *Object; 6271 6272 /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the 6273 /// least-sequenced usage of each kind. 6274 enum UsageKind { 6275 /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK. 6276 UK_Use, 6277 /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value 6278 /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++. 6279 UK_ModAsValue, 6280 /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value 6281 /// computation of the expression, such as n++. 6282 UK_ModAsSideEffect, 6283 6284 UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1 6285 }; 6286 6287 struct Usage { 6288 Usage() : Use(0), Seq() {} 6289 Expr *Use; 6290 SequenceTree::Seq Seq; 6291 }; 6292 6293 struct UsageInfo { 6294 UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {} 6295 Usage Uses[UK_Count]; 6296 /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already? 6297 bool Diagnosed; 6298 }; 6299 typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap; 6300 6301 Sema &SemaRef; 6302 /// Sequenced regions within the expression. 6303 SequenceTree Tree; 6304 /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen. 6305 UsageInfoMap UsageMap; 6306 /// The region we are currently within. 6307 SequenceTree::Seq Region; 6308 /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect 6309 /// (that is, post-increment operations). 6310 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect; 6311 /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce 6312 /// stack usage. 6313 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList; 6314 6315 /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an 6316 /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation 6317 /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so 6318 /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to 6319 /// UK_ModAsValue. 6320 struct SequencedSubexpression { 6321 SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self) 6322 : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) { 6323 Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect; 6324 } 6325 ~SequencedSubexpression() { 6326 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ModAsSideEffect.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6327 UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[ModAsSideEffect[I].first]; 6328 U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect] = ModAsSideEffect[I].second; 6329 Self.addUsage(U, ModAsSideEffect[I].first, 6330 ModAsSideEffect[I].second.Use, UK_ModAsValue); 6331 } 6332 Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect; 6333 } 6334 6335 SequenceChecker &Self; 6336 SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect; 6337 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect; 6338 }; 6339 6340 /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might 6341 /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and 6342 /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of 6343 /// the outer expression. 6344 class EvaluationTracker { 6345 public: 6346 EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self) 6347 : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) { 6348 Self.EvalTracker = this; 6349 } 6350 ~EvaluationTracker() { 6351 Self.EvalTracker = Prev; 6352 if (Prev) 6353 Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK; 6354 } 6355 6356 bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) { 6357 if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent()) 6358 return false; 6359 EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context); 6360 return EvalOK; 6361 } 6362 6363 private: 6364 SequenceChecker &Self; 6365 EvaluationTracker *Prev; 6366 bool EvalOK; 6367 } *EvalTracker; 6368 6369 /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression, 6370 /// if any. 6371 Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const { 6372 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts(); 6373 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { 6374 if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec)) 6375 return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod); 6376 } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6377 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6378 return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod); 6379 if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp()) 6380 return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod); 6381 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6382 // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n". 6383 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts())) 6384 return ME->getMemberDecl(); 6385 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6386 // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value. 6387 return DRE->getDecl(); 6388 return 0; 6389 } 6390 6391 /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression. 6392 void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) { 6393 Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK]; 6394 if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) { 6395 if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect) 6396 ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U)); 6397 U.Use = Ref; 6398 U.Seq = Region; 6399 } 6400 } 6401 /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage. 6402 void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind, 6403 bool IsModMod) { 6404 if (UI.Diagnosed) 6405 return; 6406 6407 const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind]; 6408 if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) 6409 return; 6410 6411 Expr *Mod = U.Use; 6412 Expr *ModOrUse = Ref; 6413 if (OtherKind == UK_Use) 6414 std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse); 6415 6416 SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(), 6417 IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod 6418 : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use) 6419 << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc()); 6420 UI.Diagnosed = true; 6421 } 6422 6423 void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) { 6424 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; 6425 // Uses conflict with other modifications. 6426 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false); 6427 } 6428 void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) { 6429 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; 6430 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false); 6431 addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use); 6432 } 6433 6434 void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) { 6435 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; 6436 // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses. 6437 checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true); 6438 checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false); 6439 } 6440 void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) { 6441 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; 6442 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true); 6443 addUsage(U, O, Use, UK); 6444 } 6445 6446 public: 6447 SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList) 6448 : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()), ModAsSideEffect(0), 6449 WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(0) { 6450 Visit(E); 6451 } 6452 6453 void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { 6454 // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now. 6455 } 6456 6457 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 6458 // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions. 6459 Base::VisitStmt(E); 6460 } 6461 6462 void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) { 6463 Object O = Object(); 6464 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6465 O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false); 6466 6467 if (O) 6468 notePreUse(O, E); 6469 VisitExpr(E); 6470 if (O) 6471 notePostUse(O, E); 6472 } 6473 6474 void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) { 6475 // C++11 [expr.comma]p1: 6476 // Every value computation and side effect associated with the left 6477 // expression is sequenced before every value computation and side 6478 // effect associated with the right expression. 6479 SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region); 6480 SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region); 6481 SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region; 6482 6483 { 6484 SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this); 6485 Region = LHS; 6486 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 6487 } 6488 6489 Region = RHS; 6490 Visit(BO->getRHS()); 6491 6492 Region = OldRegion; 6493 6494 // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced 6495 // with respect to other stuff. 6496 Tree.merge(LHS); 6497 Tree.merge(RHS); 6498 } 6499 6500 void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) { 6501 // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS 6502 // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the 6503 // map afterwards. 6504 Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true); 6505 if (!O) 6506 return VisitExpr(BO); 6507 6508 notePreMod(O, BO); 6509 6510 // C++11 [expr.ass]p7: 6511 // E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated 6512 // only once. 6513 // 6514 // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used 6515 // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself. 6516 if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO)) 6517 notePreUse(O, BO); 6518 6519 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 6520 6521 if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO)) 6522 notePostUse(O, BO); 6523 6524 Visit(BO->getRHS()); 6525 6526 // C++11 [expr.ass]p1: 6527 // the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the 6528 // assignment expression. 6529 // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule. 6530 notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue 6531 : UK_ModAsSideEffect); 6532 } 6533 void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) { 6534 VisitBinAssign(CAO); 6535 } 6536 6537 void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); } 6538 void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); } 6539 void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { 6540 Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true); 6541 if (!O) 6542 return VisitExpr(UO); 6543 6544 notePreMod(O, UO); 6545 Visit(UO->getSubExpr()); 6546 // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1: 6547 // the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1 6548 notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue 6549 : UK_ModAsSideEffect); 6550 } 6551 6552 void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); } 6553 void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); } 6554 void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { 6555 Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true); 6556 if (!O) 6557 return VisitExpr(UO); 6558 6559 notePreMod(O, UO); 6560 Visit(UO->getSubExpr()); 6561 notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect); 6562 } 6563 6564 /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated. 6565 void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) { 6566 // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the 6567 // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation 6568 // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them 6569 // as if they were unconditionally sequenced. 6570 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); 6571 { 6572 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6573 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 6574 } 6575 6576 bool Result; 6577 if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) { 6578 if (!Result) 6579 Visit(BO->getRHS()); 6580 } else { 6581 // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an 6582 // entirely separate evaluation. 6583 // 6584 // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced 6585 // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations 6586 // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them. 6587 WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS()); 6588 } 6589 } 6590 void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) { 6591 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); 6592 { 6593 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6594 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 6595 } 6596 6597 bool Result; 6598 if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) { 6599 if (Result) 6600 Visit(BO->getRHS()); 6601 } else { 6602 WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS()); 6603 } 6604 } 6605 6606 // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will 6607 // be chosen. 6608 void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) { 6609 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); 6610 { 6611 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6612 Visit(CO->getCond()); 6613 } 6614 6615 bool Result; 6616 if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result)) 6617 Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr()); 6618 else { 6619 WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6620 WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6621 } 6622 } 6623 6624 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) { 6625 // C++11 [intro.execution]p15: 6626 // When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect 6627 // associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression 6628 // designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every 6629 // expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before 6630 // the value computation of its result]. 6631 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6632 Base::VisitCallExpr(CE); 6633 6634 // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions. 6635 } 6636 6637 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) { 6638 // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result. 6639 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6640 6641 if (!CCE->isListInitialization()) 6642 return VisitExpr(CCE); 6643 6644 // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced. 6645 SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts; 6646 SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region; 6647 for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(), 6648 E = CCE->arg_end(); 6649 I != E; ++I) { 6650 Region = Tree.allocate(Parent); 6651 Elts.push_back(Region); 6652 Visit(*I); 6653 } 6654 6655 // Forget that the initializers are sequenced. 6656 Region = Parent; 6657 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I) 6658 Tree.merge(Elts[I]); 6659 } 6660 6661 void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) { 6662 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 6663 return VisitExpr(ILE); 6664 6665 // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced. 6666 SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts; 6667 SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region; 6668 for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) { 6669 Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I); 6670 if (!E) continue; 6671 Region = Tree.allocate(Parent); 6672 Elts.push_back(Region); 6673 Visit(E); 6674 } 6675 6676 // Forget that the initializers are sequenced. 6677 Region = Parent; 6678 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I) 6679 Tree.merge(Elts[I]); 6680 } 6681 }; 6682 } 6683 6684 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) { 6685 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList; 6686 WorkList.push_back(E); 6687 while (!WorkList.empty()) { 6688 Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val(); 6689 SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList); 6690 } 6691 } 6692 6693 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc, 6694 bool IsConstexpr) { 6695 CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc); 6696 CheckUnsequencedOperations(E); 6697 if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent()) 6698 CheckForIntOverflow(E); 6699 } 6700 6701 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, 6702 FieldDecl *BitField, 6703 Expr *Init) { 6704 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc); 6705 } 6706 6707 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given 6708 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This 6709 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the 6710 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function 6711 /// parameters are complete. 6712 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *P, 6713 ParmVarDecl *const *PEnd, 6714 bool CheckParameterNames) { 6715 bool HasInvalidParm = false; 6716 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) { 6717 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P; 6718 6719 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a 6720 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of 6721 // that function shall not have incomplete type. 6722 // 6723 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6. 6724 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && 6725 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), 6726 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6727 Param->setInvalidDecl(); 6728 HasInvalidParm = true; 6729 } 6730 6731 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the 6732 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. 6733 if (CheckParameterNames && 6734 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && 6735 !Param->isImplicit() && 6736 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6737 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); 6738 6739 // C99 6.7.5.3p12: 6740 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that 6741 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*] 6742 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify 6743 // variable length array types. 6744 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType(); 6745 while (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) { 6746 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) { 6747 // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location 6748 // information is added for it. 6749 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition); 6750 break; 6751 } 6752 PType= AT->getElementType(); 6753 } 6754 6755 // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee. Therefore a 6756 // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the 6757 // object's destructor. However, we don't perform any direct access check 6758 // on the dtor. 6759 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo() 6760 .getCXXABI() 6761 .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) { 6762 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) { 6763 if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6764 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6765 if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6766 !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() && 6767 !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) { 6768 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl); 6769 MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor); 6770 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation()); 6771 } 6772 } 6773 } 6774 } 6775 } 6776 6777 return HasInvalidParm; 6778 } 6779 6780 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a 6781 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements. 6782 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) { 6783 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every 6784 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default). 6785 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align, 6786 TRange.getBegin()) 6787 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6788 return; 6789 6790 // Ignore dependent types. 6791 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType()) 6792 return; 6793 6794 // Require that the destination be a pointer type. 6795 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>(); 6796 if (!DestPtr) return; 6797 6798 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done. 6799 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType(); 6800 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return; 6801 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee); 6802 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return; 6803 6804 // Require that the source be a pointer type. 6805 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 6806 if (!SrcPtr) return; 6807 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType(); 6808 6809 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly 6810 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1. 6811 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly 6812 // includes 'void'. 6813 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return; 6814 6815 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee); 6816 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return; 6817 6818 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align) 6819 << Op->getType() << T 6820 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity()) 6821 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity()) 6822 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange(); 6823 } 6824 6825 static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) { 6826 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr(); 6827 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType()) 6828 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 6829 else if (EltType->isArrayType()) 6830 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 6831 return EltType; 6832 } 6833 6834 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded 6835 /// array member of a struct. 6836 /// 6837 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are 6838 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code. 6839 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size, 6840 const NamedDecl *ND) { 6841 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false; 6842 6843 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND); 6844 if (!FD) return false; 6845 6846 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument 6847 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays. 6848 6849 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6850 while (TInfo) { 6851 TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc(); 6852 // Look through typedefs. 6853 if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) { 6854 const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl(); 6855 TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6856 continue; 6857 } 6858 if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) { 6859 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr()); 6860 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) 6861 return false; 6862 } 6863 break; 6864 } 6865 6866 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()); 6867 if (!RD) return false; 6868 if (RD->isUnion()) return false; 6869 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 6870 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false; 6871 } 6872 6873 // See if this is the last field decl in the record. 6874 const Decl *D = FD; 6875 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext())) 6876 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 6877 return false; 6878 return true; 6879 } 6880 6881 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6882 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE, 6883 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) { 6884 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6885 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent()) 6886 return; 6887 6888 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr); 6889 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); 6890 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy = 6891 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType()); 6892 if (!ArrayTy) 6893 return; 6894 6895 llvm::APSInt index; 6896 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context)) 6897 return; 6898 if (IndexNegated) 6899 index = -index; 6900 6901 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL; 6902 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6903 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 6904 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6905 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 6906 6907 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) { 6908 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize(); 6909 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive()) 6910 return; 6911 6912 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr); 6913 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) { 6914 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size 6915 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType); 6916 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType); 6917 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void* 6918 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1; 6919 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) { 6920 // There's a cast to a different size type involved 6921 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize; 6922 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a 6923 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize 6924 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize) 6925 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio); 6926 } 6927 } 6928 6929 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth()) 6930 index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth()); 6931 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth()) 6932 size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth()); 6933 6934 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer 6935 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since 6936 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and 6937 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops. 6938 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size)) 6939 return; 6940 6941 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some 6942 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89 6943 // code. 6944 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND)) 6945 return; 6946 6947 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the 6948 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions 6949 // within a system header. 6950 if (ASE) { 6951 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc( 6952 ASE->getRBracketLoc()); 6953 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) { 6954 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc( 6955 IndexExpr->getLocStart()); 6956 if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc)) 6957 return; 6958 } 6959 } 6960 6961 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds; 6962 if (ASE) 6963 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds; 6964 6965 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, 6966 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true) 6967 << size.toString(10, true) 6968 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U) 6969 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); 6970 } else { 6971 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds; 6972 if (!ASE) { 6973 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds; 6974 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index; 6975 } 6976 6977 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, 6978 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true) 6979 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); 6980 } 6981 6982 if (!ND) { 6983 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note. 6984 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = 6985 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6986 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 6987 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6988 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 6989 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6990 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 6991 } 6992 6993 if (ND) 6994 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, 6995 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds) 6996 << ND->getDeclName()); 6997 } 6998 6999 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) { 7000 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0; 7001 while (expr) { 7002 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7003 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) { 7004 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { 7005 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr); 7006 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE, 7007 AllowOnePastEnd > 0); 7008 return; 7009 } 7010 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 7011 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators 7012 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr); 7013 expr = UO->getSubExpr(); 7014 switch (UO->getOpcode()) { 7015 case UO_AddrOf: 7016 AllowOnePastEnd++; 7017 break; 7018 case UO_Deref: 7019 AllowOnePastEnd--; 7020 break; 7021 default: 7022 return; 7023 } 7024 break; 7025 } 7026 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 7027 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr); 7028 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS()) 7029 CheckArrayAccess(lhs); 7030 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS()) 7031 CheckArrayAccess(rhs); 7032 return; 7033 } 7034 default: 7035 return; 7036 } 7037 } 7038 } 7039 7040 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------// 7041 7042 namespace { 7043 struct RetainCycleOwner { 7044 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {} 7045 VarDecl *Variable; 7046 SourceRange Range; 7047 SourceLocation Loc; 7048 bool Indirect; 7049 7050 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) { 7051 Loc = e->getExprLoc(); 7052 Range = e->getSourceRange(); 7053 } 7054 }; 7055 } 7056 7057 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to 7058 /// a retain cycle. 7059 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { 7060 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong 7061 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is 7062 // __block and has an appropriate type. 7063 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) 7064 return false; 7065 7066 owner.Variable = var; 7067 if (ref) 7068 owner.setLocsFrom(ref); 7069 return true; 7070 } 7071 7072 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { 7073 while (true) { 7074 e = e->IgnoreParens(); 7075 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) { 7076 switch (cast->getCastKind()) { 7077 case CK_BitCast: 7078 case CK_LValueBitCast: 7079 case CK_LValueToRValue: 7080 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject: 7081 e = cast->getSubExpr(); 7082 continue; 7083 7084 default: 7085 return false; 7086 } 7087 } 7088 7089 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) { 7090 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl(); 7091 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) 7092 return false; 7093 7094 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base. 7095 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner)) 7096 return false; 7097 7098 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref); 7099 owner.Indirect = true; 7100 return true; 7101 } 7102 7103 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) { 7104 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl()); 7105 if (!var) return false; 7106 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner); 7107 } 7108 7109 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) { 7110 if (member->isArrow()) return false; 7111 7112 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership. 7113 e = member->getBase(); 7114 continue; 7115 } 7116 7117 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) { 7118 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references. 7119 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre 7120 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm() 7121 ->IgnoreParens()); 7122 if (!pre) return false; 7123 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false; 7124 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty(); 7125 if (!property->isRetaining() && 7126 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() && 7127 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType() 7128 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)) 7129 return false; 7130 7131 owner.Indirect = true; 7132 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) { 7133 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl(); 7134 if (!owner.Variable) 7135 return false; 7136 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation(); 7137 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange(); 7138 return true; 7139 } 7140 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase()) 7141 ->getSourceExpr()); 7142 continue; 7143 } 7144 7145 // Array ivars? 7146 7147 return false; 7148 } 7149 } 7150 7151 namespace { 7152 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> { 7153 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable) 7154 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context), 7155 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {} 7156 7157 VarDecl *Variable; 7158 Expr *Capturer; 7159 7160 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) { 7161 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer) 7162 Capturer = ref; 7163 } 7164 7165 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) { 7166 if (Capturer) return; 7167 Visit(ref->getBase()); 7168 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar()) 7169 Capturer = ref; 7170 } 7171 7172 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) { 7173 // Look inside nested blocks 7174 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable)) 7175 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody()); 7176 } 7177 7178 void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) { 7179 if (Capturer) return; 7180 if (OVE->getSourceExpr()) 7181 Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 7182 } 7183 }; 7184 } 7185 7186 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a 7187 /// variable. 7188 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { 7189 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid()); 7190 7191 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts(); 7192 7193 // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}). 7194 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) { 7195 Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector(); 7196 if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") { 7197 e = ME->getInstanceReceiver(); 7198 if (!e) 7199 return 0; 7200 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts(); 7201 } 7202 } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) { 7203 if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) { 7204 FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl()); 7205 if (Fn) { 7206 const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier(); 7207 if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) { 7208 e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 7209 } 7210 } 7211 } 7212 } 7213 7214 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e); 7215 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable)) 7216 return 0; 7217 7218 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable); 7219 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody()); 7220 return visitor.Capturer; 7221 } 7222 7223 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer, 7224 RetainCycleOwner &owner) { 7225 assert(capturer); 7226 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid()); 7227 7228 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle) 7229 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange(); 7230 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner) 7231 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range; 7232 } 7233 7234 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or 7235 /// 'set'. 7236 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) { 7237 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false; 7238 7239 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0); 7240 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1); 7241 if (str.startswith("set")) 7242 str = str.substr(3); 7243 else if (str.startswith("add")) { 7244 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'. 7245 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock")) 7246 return false; 7247 str = str.substr(3); 7248 } 7249 else 7250 return false; 7251 7252 if (str.empty()) return true; 7253 return !isLowercase(str.front()); 7254 } 7255 7256 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle. 7257 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) { 7258 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter. 7259 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector())) 7260 return; 7261 7262 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by. 7263 RetainCycleOwner owner; 7264 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) { 7265 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner)) 7266 return; 7267 } else { 7268 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance); 7269 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl(); 7270 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc(); 7271 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc(); 7272 } 7273 7274 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments. 7275 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 7276 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner)) 7277 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner); 7278 } 7279 7280 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle. 7281 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) { 7282 RetainCycleOwner owner; 7283 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner)) 7284 return; 7285 7286 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner)) 7287 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner); 7288 } 7289 7290 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) { 7291 RetainCycleOwner Owner; 7292 if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/0, Owner)) 7293 return; 7294 7295 // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the 7296 // location explicitly here. 7297 Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation(); 7298 Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange(); 7299 7300 if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner)) 7301 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner); 7302 } 7303 7304 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 7305 Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) { 7306 // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get 7307 // immediately zapped in a weak reference. Note that we explicitly 7308 // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die. 7309 RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7310 7311 // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in 7312 // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1). 7313 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS); 7314 if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None) 7315 return false; 7316 7317 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign) 7318 << (unsigned) Kind 7319 << (isProperty ? 0 : 1) 7320 << RHS->getSourceRange(); 7321 7322 return true; 7323 } 7324 7325 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 7326 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT, 7327 Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) { 7328 // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific. 7329 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) { 7330 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) { 7331 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign) 7332 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) 7333 << (isProperty ? 0 : 1) 7334 << RHS->getSourceRange(); 7335 return true; 7336 } 7337 RHS = cast->getSubExpr(); 7338 } 7339 7340 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && 7341 checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty)) 7342 return true; 7343 7344 return false; 7345 } 7346 7347 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, 7348 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) { 7349 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime(); 7350 7351 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) 7352 return false; 7353 7354 if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false)) 7355 return true; 7356 7357 return false; 7358 } 7359 7360 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, 7361 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { 7362 QualType LHSType; 7363 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from 7364 // its declaration as it has a PseudoType. 7365 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE 7366 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens()); 7367 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) { 7368 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty(); 7369 if (PD) 7370 LHSType = PD->getType(); 7371 } 7372 7373 if (LHSType.isNull()) 7374 LHSType = LHS->getType(); 7375 7376 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime(); 7377 7378 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { 7379 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7380 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc); 7381 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7382 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS); 7383 } 7384 7385 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS)) 7386 return; 7387 7388 // FIXME. Check for other life times. 7389 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 7390 return; 7391 7392 if (PRE) { 7393 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty()) 7394 return; 7395 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty(); 7396 if (!PD) 7397 return; 7398 7399 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes(); 7400 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) { 7401 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified 7402 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself 7403 // for lifetime info. 7404 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten(); 7405 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) && 7406 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType()) 7407 return; 7408 7409 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) { 7410 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) { 7411 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign) 7412 << RHS->getSourceRange(); 7413 return; 7414 } 7415 RHS = cast->getSubExpr(); 7416 } 7417 } 7418 else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) { 7419 if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true)) 7420 return; 7421 } 7422 } 7423 } 7424 7425 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===// 7426 7427 namespace { 7428 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr, 7429 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 7430 const NullStmt *Body) { 7431 // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g: 7432 // 7433 // #define CALL(x) 7434 // if (condition) 7435 // CALL(0); 7436 // 7437 if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro()) 7438 return false; 7439 7440 // Get line numbers of statement and body. 7441 bool StmtLineInvalid; 7442 unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc, 7443 &StmtLineInvalid); 7444 if (StmtLineInvalid) 7445 return false; 7446 7447 bool BodyLineInvalid; 7448 unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(), 7449 &BodyLineInvalid); 7450 if (BodyLineInvalid) 7451 return false; 7452 7453 // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line. 7454 if (StmtLine != BodyLine) 7455 return false; 7456 7457 return true; 7458 } 7459 } // Unnamed namespace 7460 7461 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 7462 const Stmt *Body, 7463 unsigned DiagID) { 7464 // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template 7465 // instantiations, this just adds noise. 7466 if (CurrentInstantiationScope) 7467 return; 7468 7469 // The body should be a null statement. 7470 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body); 7471 if (!NBody) 7472 return; 7473 7474 // Do the usual checks. 7475 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody)) 7476 return; 7477 7478 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID); 7479 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line); 7480 } 7481 7482 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 7483 const Stmt *PossibleBody) { 7484 assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller 7485 7486 SourceLocation StmtLoc; 7487 const Stmt *Body; 7488 unsigned DiagID; 7489 if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) { 7490 StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc(); 7491 Body = FS->getBody(); 7492 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body; 7493 } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) { 7494 StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7495 Body = WS->getBody(); 7496 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body; 7497 } else 7498 return; // Neither `for' nor `while'. 7499 7500 // The body should be a null statement. 7501 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body); 7502 if (!NBody) 7503 return; 7504 7505 // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled. 7506 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()) == 7507 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7508 return; 7509 7510 // Do the usual checks. 7511 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody)) 7512 return; 7513 7514 // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep 7515 // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a 7516 // CompoundStmt, e.g.: 7517 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++); 7518 // { 7519 // a(i); 7520 // } 7521 // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation 7522 // than for/while itself: 7523 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++); 7524 // a(i); 7525 bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody); 7526 if (!ProbableTypo) { 7527 bool BodyColInvalid; 7528 unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber( 7529 PossibleBody->getLocStart(), 7530 &BodyColInvalid); 7531 if (BodyColInvalid) 7532 return; 7533 7534 bool StmtColInvalid; 7535 unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber( 7536 S->getLocStart(), 7537 &StmtColInvalid); 7538 if (StmtColInvalid) 7539 return; 7540 7541 if (BodyCol > StmtCol) 7542 ProbableTypo = true; 7543 } 7544 7545 if (ProbableTypo) { 7546 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID); 7547 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line); 7548 } 7549 } 7550 7551 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------// 7552 7553 namespace { 7554 7555 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2); 7556 7557 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible. 7558 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) { 7559 // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8: 7560 // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same 7561 // underlying type. 7562 return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() && 7563 C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType()); 7564 } 7565 7566 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible. 7567 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) { 7568 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType())) 7569 return false; 7570 7571 if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField()) 7572 return false; 7573 7574 if (Field1->isBitField()) { 7575 // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length. 7576 unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C); 7577 unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C); 7578 7579 if (Bits1 != Bits2) 7580 return false; 7581 } 7582 7583 return true; 7584 } 7585 7586 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible. 7587 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17) 7588 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C, 7589 RecordDecl *RD1, 7590 RecordDecl *RD2) { 7591 // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match. 7592 if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) { 7593 // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode, 7594 // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too. 7595 const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2); 7596 // Check number of base classes. 7597 if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases()) 7598 return false; 7599 7600 // Check the base classes. 7601 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator 7602 Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(), 7603 BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(), 7604 Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin(); 7605 Base1 != BaseEnd1; 7606 ++Base1, ++Base2) { 7607 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType())) 7608 return false; 7609 } 7610 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) { 7611 // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes. 7612 if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0) 7613 return false; 7614 } 7615 7616 // Check the fields. 7617 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(), 7618 Field2End = RD2->field_end(), 7619 Field1 = RD1->field_begin(), 7620 Field1End = RD1->field_end(); 7621 for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) { 7622 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2)) 7623 return false; 7624 } 7625 if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End) 7626 return false; 7627 7628 return true; 7629 } 7630 7631 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible. 7632 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18) 7633 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C, 7634 RecordDecl *RD1, 7635 RecordDecl *RD2) { 7636 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields; 7637 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(), 7638 Field2End = RD2->field_end(); 7639 Field2 != Field2End; ++Field2) { 7640 UnmatchedFields.insert(*Field2); 7641 } 7642 7643 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field1 = RD1->field_begin(), 7644 Field1End = RD1->field_end(); 7645 Field1 != Field1End; ++Field1) { 7646 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator 7647 I = UnmatchedFields.begin(), 7648 E = UnmatchedFields.end(); 7649 7650 for ( ; I != E; ++I) { 7651 if (isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *I)) { 7652 bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I); 7653 (void) Result; 7654 assert(Result); 7655 break; 7656 } 7657 } 7658 if (I == E) 7659 return false; 7660 } 7661 7662 return UnmatchedFields.empty(); 7663 } 7664 7665 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) { 7666 if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion()) 7667 return false; 7668 7669 if (RD1->isUnion()) 7670 return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2); 7671 else 7672 return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2); 7673 } 7674 7675 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense. 7676 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) { 7677 if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull()) 7678 return false; 7679 7680 // C++11 [basic.types] p11: 7681 // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are 7682 // layout-compatible types. 7683 if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2)) 7684 return true; 7685 7686 T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType(); 7687 T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType(); 7688 7689 const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass(); 7690 const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass(); 7691 7692 if (TC1 != TC2) 7693 return false; 7694 7695 if (TC1 == Type::Enum) { 7696 return isLayoutCompatible(C, 7697 cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(), 7698 cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl()); 7699 } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) { 7700 if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType()) 7701 return false; 7702 7703 return isLayoutCompatible(C, 7704 cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(), 7705 cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl()); 7706 } 7707 7708 return false; 7709 } 7710 } 7711 7712 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----// 7713 7714 namespace { 7715 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself. 7716 /// 7717 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code. 7718 /// 7719 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag. 7720 /// 7721 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value. 7722 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx, 7723 const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) { 7724 while(true) { 7725 if (!TypeExpr) 7726 return false; 7727 7728 TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 7729 7730 switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) { 7731 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 7732 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr); 7733 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) { 7734 TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr(); 7735 continue; 7736 } 7737 return false; 7738 } 7739 7740 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { 7741 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr); 7742 *VD = DRE->getDecl(); 7743 return true; 7744 } 7745 7746 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: { 7747 const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr); 7748 llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue(); 7749 if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) { 7750 *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue(); 7751 return true; 7752 } else 7753 return false; 7754 } 7755 7756 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: 7757 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 7758 const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO = 7759 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr); 7760 bool Result; 7761 if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) { 7762 if (Result) 7763 TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr(); 7764 else 7765 TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr(); 7766 continue; 7767 } 7768 return false; 7769 } 7770 7771 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: { 7772 const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr); 7773 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 7774 TypeExpr = BO->getRHS(); 7775 continue; 7776 } 7777 return false; 7778 } 7779 7780 default: 7781 return false; 7782 } 7783 } 7784 } 7785 7786 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr. 7787 /// 7788 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag. 7789 /// 7790 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values. 7791 /// 7792 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong 7793 /// kind. 7794 /// 7795 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type. 7796 /// 7797 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found. 7798 bool GetMatchingCType( 7799 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7800 const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx, 7801 const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue, 7802 Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues, 7803 bool &FoundWrongKind, 7804 Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) { 7805 FoundWrongKind = false; 7806 7807 // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute. 7808 const ValueDecl *VD = NULL; 7809 7810 uint64_t MagicValue; 7811 7812 if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue)) 7813 return false; 7814 7815 if (VD) { 7816 if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 7817 if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) { 7818 FoundWrongKind = true; 7819 return false; 7820 } 7821 TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType(); 7822 TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible(); 7823 TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull(); 7824 return true; 7825 } 7826 return false; 7827 } 7828 7829 if (!MagicValues) 7830 return false; 7831 7832 llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue, 7833 Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I = 7834 MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue)); 7835 if (I == MagicValues->end()) 7836 return false; 7837 7838 TypeInfo = I->second; 7839 return true; 7840 } 7841 } // unnamed namespace 7842 7843 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7844 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7845 bool LayoutCompatible, 7846 bool MustBeNull) { 7847 if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues) 7848 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset( 7849 new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>); 7850 7851 TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue); 7852 (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] = 7853 TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull); 7854 } 7855 7856 namespace { 7857 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) { 7858 const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7859 if (!BT1) 7860 return false; 7861 7862 const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7863 if (!BT2) 7864 return false; 7865 7866 BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind(); 7867 BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind(); 7868 7869 return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) || 7870 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) || 7871 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) || 7872 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar); 7873 } 7874 } // unnamed namespace 7875 7876 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7877 const Expr * const *ExprArgs) { 7878 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind(); 7879 bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer(); 7880 7881 const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()]; 7882 bool FoundWrongKind; 7883 TypeTagData TypeInfo; 7884 if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context, 7885 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(), 7886 FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) { 7887 if (FoundWrongKind) 7888 Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(), 7889 diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind) 7890 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); 7891 return; 7892 } 7893 7894 const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()]; 7895 if (IsPointerAttr) { 7896 // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument). 7897 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr)) 7898 if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() && 7899 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast) 7900 ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 7901 } 7902 QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType(); 7903 7904 // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning. 7905 if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType()) 7906 return; 7907 7908 if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) { 7909 // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer. 7910 if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 7911 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { 7912 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), 7913 diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required) 7914 << ArgumentKind->getName() 7915 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange() 7916 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); 7917 } 7918 return; 7919 } 7920 7921 QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type; 7922 if (IsPointerAttr) 7923 RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType); 7924 7925 bool mismatch = false; 7926 if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) { 7927 mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType); 7928 7929 // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1: 7930 // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types. 7931 // 7932 // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned 7933 // char' depending on the current char signedness mode. 7934 if (mismatch) 7935 if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(), 7936 RequiredType->getPointeeType())) || 7937 (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType))) 7938 mismatch = false; 7939 } else 7940 if (IsPointerAttr) 7941 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, 7942 ArgumentType->getPointeeType(), 7943 RequiredType->getPointeeType()); 7944 else 7945 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType); 7946 7947 if (mismatch) 7948 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch) 7949 << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind 7950 << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType 7951 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange() 7952 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); 7953 } 7954 7955